Location via proxy:   [ UP ]  
[Report a bug]   [Manage cookies]                

Engineer 5000 Mcqs

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 173

NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST.

SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU

पपपपपप पपप पपपप


पपपप
पपपपपप प,पपपपपपपप
g]kfnOl~hlgol/Ë;]jf, l;len ;d'x
k|fljlwstk{m Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf, l;len ;d"x, ;j–इन्जीनियरjf ;f] ;/x kbsf]
k|ltof]lutfTdslnlvtgd\'gf kl/Iff

Key (B)
;do M $% laifoM Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf ;DjGwL k"0f{ÍM– !))
pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zgkqsf] Keyclgjfo{ pNn]v ug'{kg]{5. pNn]v gu/]dfpQ/k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5. ;fy} k/LIffdf
Calculator,Mobilek|of]u ug{ kfOg] 5}g.

a:t'utax'pQ/ -%)×@cÍ_M–!))

1. A discrepancy is the difference between ,


A. True value and error value
B. Measured value and actual value
C. Two measured value of same quantity
D. None of the above
2. Methods most suitable for plotting in hilly area are
A. Radiation B. Resection
C. Intersection D. Traversing
3. The contour line merge or across one another on the map in case of
A. Cave B. Overhanging Cliff
C. Both (a) and (b) D. None of the above
4. Chainage is the distance
A. Perpendicular to chain line B. Along the chain line
C. Perpendicular to tie line D. All of the above
5. Standard size of brick as per Indian standard is
A.230x115x57 mm B. 240x125x57 mm
C. 190x90x90 mm D. 180x90x90 mm
6. The Raw materials which gives desired colour in paints is:
A. Base B. Pigments
C. Vehicles D. Solvent
7. Distemper is used
A. Roof top B. Plaster surface exposed to weather
C. Plaster surface not exposed to weather D. None of these
8. Unit weight of R.C.C Concrete is:
A. 2300 Kg/m3 B. 2400 Kg/m3
C. 2500 Kg/m3 D. 2600 Kg/m3
9. Which of the following is dimension less ?

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
A. Poission’s Ratio B. Strain
C. Both (a) and (b) D. None of the above
10. When the cantilever beam is loaded at its free end, the maximum tensile strength
shall developed at
A. Bottom Fiber B. Top fiber
C. Neutral Fiber D. Center of gravity
11. If the shear force along a section of a beam is zero, the bending moment at the
section is
A. Zero B. Maximum
C. Minimum D. Average of maximum and minimum
12. The shape of the bending moment diagram over the length of a beam, carrying a
uniformly distributed load is always
A. Linear B. Parabolic
C. Cubical D. Circular
13. A pitot tube is used to measure
A.Pressure B. velocity of flow
C.Difference in flow D.None of these
14. If the volume of a liquid weighing 3000 kg is 4 cubic meter, 0.75 is its
A. Specific Weight B.Specific mass
C. Specific gravity D. None of the above
15. Bernoulli's equations assume that
A. Fluid is non viscous B.Fluid is homogeneous
C. Flow is along the stream line D. All of the above
16. The side slope of cipolletti weir is generally kept
A. 1 to 4 B. 1 to 3
C. 1 to 2 D. 1 to 1
17. Queen closer may be placed
A. In header course B.In stretcher course
C. In header course next to first brickD. In stretcher course next to first brick
18. The foundation in which a cantilever beam is provided to join two footing, is
known as
A.Strip footing B. Strap footing
C. Combined footing D.Raft footing
19. The under surface of an arch, is called
A. Soffit B.intrados
C. Haunch D. Back
20. Black cotton soli is unsuitable for foundation because its
A.Bearing capacity is low B.Permeability is uncertain
C. Particles are cohesive
D. Property to undergo a volumetric change due to variation of moisture content
21. Young modulus of concrete (According to IS:450:2000) is;
A. 5700√𝑓𝑐𝑘 B. 5000√𝑓𝑐𝑘
C. 5700fck D. 5000Fck
22. According to Nepal Standard minimum diameter of reinforcement in a column
shall not be less than
A. 12 mm B. 16 mm
C. 20 mm D . 8 mm
23. Column fails by crushing is;

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
A. Short column B. Medium column
C. Long column D. Big column
24. The minimum length of bar which must be embedded in concrete beyond any
section any section to develop the bond is
A. Development length B. Lap length
C. Splice length D. Curved length
25. The cement sand mortar prefer in half brick wall is;
A. 1:2 B. 1:3
C. 1:4 D. 1:5
26. Orinamental projection from the face of the brick wall is called
A. Header B. Stretcher
C. Corbel D. Cornice
27. Curing of pavement floor and slabs is done by ;
A. membrance methods B. ponding methods
C. covering surface with bags D. Sprinkling methods
28. Slump used for beam and column
A. 0 - 25 B. 25- 50
C. 50-100 D. 100-150
29. Source of water in mountain is;
A. Tube well B. well
C. stream D. None of the above
30. Water supply pipe line should be tested at a specified pressure from;
A. one hour B. two hour
C. three hour D. four hour
31. Hydraulic jump occurs when:
A. Flow change from sub –critical to super critical
B. Flow change from super critical to sub critical
C. Flow change from sub- critical to critical
D. None of the above
32. Most used coagulant is
A. Alum B. Chlorine
C. lime D. Blenching powder
33. As the coefficient of friction increasing, the velocity in water canal
A. Increase B. Decrease
C. Remains Constant D. None of the above
34. The shaped of lined canal is recommended by ISI is;
A. Triangular B. Rectangular
C. Parabolic D. Trapezoidal
35. Which of the following is the mannings formula
1
A. V= C√𝑅𝑆 B. V= S1/2.R2/3
𝑛
C. V= C√𝑅𝑆 D. V= 4.75√𝑄
36. In an ogee shaped spillway, the discharge is proportional to
A.H B. √𝐻
C. (H)3/2 D. (H)5/2
37. Traffic surveys are carried out
A. To know type of traffic
B. To determine the facilities to traffic regulations
C. To design proper drainage system
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
D. All of the above
38. According to the Nepal Road Standard 2070, the right of way of nation highway
should not be less than
A. 20 m B. 30 m
C. 50 m D. Any of the above
39. According to NRS 2070, the design speed of class I road in plain terrain should be
A. 120 kmph B. 100 kmph
C. 80 kmph D. 60 kmph
40. The minimum superelevation in rolling terrain in plains, is limited to
A. 4 % B. 5 %
C. 6 % D. 7 %
D. None of these
41. Excessive camber on road surface may causes
A. erosion of road surface B. Slip the speedly vehicle
C. formation of cracks on road surface D. All of the above
42. Mostly used road in Nepal
A. Earthen road B. Cement concrete road
C.WBM road D. Bitumenous road
43. The rate of rise and fall along the road alignment, is called
A. Gradient B. Camber
C. Super-elevation D. Side slope
44. Number of highway in Nepal is
A. 15 B. 18
C. 21 D. 25
45. Unit of measurements of cribbing is ;
A. m B. m2
C. m3 D. kg
46. Center line methods of estimation is adopted specially for
A. Circular Building B. Hexagonal Building
C. Octagonal Building D. All of the above
47. Aggregate planning is the planning of
A. Single activity B. Double activity
C. Whole project D. Events
48. The main responsibility of civil sub engineer is ;
A. To teach the sub-ordinate
B. To plan and execute the works
C. To understand the duites and responsibility
D. All of the above
49. According to ICAO all marking on the runways are painted white and taxiways are
A. Black B. yellow
C. Red D. Green
50. Beaufort scales are used to determine
A. Strength of winds B. Directions of winds
B. Height of aircrafts D. None of the above

<<<The End>>>

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zgkqsf] Key clgjfo{ ?kn] pNn]v ug'{kg{5
. pNn]v gu/]sf] pQ/k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5 .

ANSWER

1.C 2.C 3.C 4.B 5.C 6.B 7.C 8.C 9.C 10.B
11.B 12.B 13.B 14.C 15.D 16.A 17.C 18.B 19.A 20.D
21.B 22.A 23.A 24.A 25.C 26.D 27.B 28.C 29.C 30.B
31.B 32.A 33.B 34.D 35.B 36.C 37.D 38.C 39.A 40.D
41.D 42.A 43.A 44.C 45.B 46.D 47.C 48.D 49.B 50.A

पपपपपप पपप पपपप पपपप


पपपपपप प,पपपपपपपप
g]kfnOl~hlgol/Ë;]jf, l;len ;d'x
k|fljlwstk{m Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf, l;len ;d"x,Sub–Overseer jf ;f] ;/x kbsf] k|ltof]lutfTds
lnlvt gd\'gf kl/Iff
Key (D)
;do M $% laifoM Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf ;DjGwL k"0f{ÍM– !))

pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zg kqsf] Keyclgjfo{ pNn]v ug'{kg]{5. pNn]v gu/]df pQ/ k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5. ;fy}
k/LIffdf Calculator,Mobile k|of]u ug{ kfOg] 5}g.
a:t'ut ax'pQ/ -%)×@cÍ_M–!))
1. Which type of line is part of a dimension ?
A. Break lines B. Phantom lines
C. Extension line D. Cutting plane lines
2. Which type of line is particular to section drawing ?
A. Break lines B. Phantom lines
C. Extension line D. Cutting plane lines
3. The following is not included in title block of drawing sheet.
A. Sheet no B. scale
C. Methods of projection D. Size of sheet
4. Which of the following represents reducing scale ?
A. 1:1 B. 1:2

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
C. 2:1 D. 10:1
5. A circle will appear on an isometric drawing as a/an
A. Ellipse B. cycloid
C. circle D. parabola
6. The sectional plane are represented by :
A. Continuous thick line B. continuous thin line
C. chain thin line D. chain thin line having thick edge
7. Size, capacity and materials need be specified for
A. Bib-cocks B. Stop-cocks
C. Ball valves D. All the above
8. The concrete work for the following part of the building of specified thickness is
measured in square meters
A. Roof slabs B. Floors
C. Wall panels D. all of the above
9. The volume of Fine aggregate required to make 10 m3 of 1:1:2 concrete is
A. 3.75 m3 B. 4.75 m3
B. 2.75 m3 D. None of the above
10. Carpet area does not include the area of
A. The walls along with doors and other openings
B. Bath room and lavatory
C. Kitchen and pantry
D. None of the above
11 The area is measured correct to the nearest
A. 0.01 sqm B. 0.02 sqm
C.0.03 sqm D.0.04 sqm
12. Pick up the correct statement from the following:
A. Bricks are paid per thousand B. Cement is paid per 50 kg bag
C. Lime is paid per quintal D. All the above
13. Number of links in a 30 m metric chain is
A.100 B. 150
C. 180 D. 200
14. The longest chain line passing through the center of area is known as
A. base line B. check line
C. tie line D. all of the above
15. An instrument used to find slopes of ground is
a) planimeter b) clinometers
c) box sextant d) pantograph
16 Due to curvature of earth the object
a) a looks higher than it is b) Looks lower than it is
c) looks as it is d) looks curve
17. The surveying used to determine additional details such as boundaries of filed is
called
A. City surveying B. location surveying
C. cadastral surveying D. Topographical surveying
18. The collimation method for obtaining the reduced levels of points does not
provide a check on
a) fore sights b) back sights

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
c) change points d) intermediate sights
19. Tellourometer uses
A. light waves B. radio waves
C. infra waves D. all of the above
20. Pigment is an example of
A. sedimentary rocks B. extrusive igneous rock
C. instrusive igneous rock D. igneous rock
21. Suitable stone for gravity retaining wall
A.light B. heavy
C. hard D. soft
22. Which of the following is a mineral?
a) Basal b) Granite
c) Quartz d) Syenite
23. Stone generally used for railway ballast is
A. sand stone B. dolomite
C. marble D. basalt or trap, granite
24. Excess of silica in brick earth causes
a) loss of cohesion b) impermeability
c) cracking and warping on drying d) brittleness
25. The possibility of bleeding, segregation and laitance is reduced by
A.colouring agent B. bleeding agent
C. water proofer D. air entraining agent
26. During compressive strength load is applied at the rate of
A. 10 N/mm2/Min B.12 N/mm2/Min
C. 14 N/mm2/Min D. 16 N/mm2/Min
27. The main function of alumina in brick earth is
A. to impart plasticity B. to increasing durability
C. to prevent shrinkage D.to increasing impermeability
28. Tiles are used for
A. covering the roof and flooring B. making drains
C. both (a) and (b) D.none of the above
29. The shape of the haffman's continuous kiln is
A. circular B. rectangular
C. pentagonal D. elliptical
30. The durability of concrete is affected by
A. cider B. alcohol
C. vinegar D. both (a) and (c) of above
31. The compression test is carried on....... Materials,
a) ductile b) brittle
c) malleable d) plastic
32. Three days compressive strength of O.P.C cement: sand mortar cubes, should not
A.125 kg/cm2 B. 150 kg/cm2
C. 175 kg/cm2 D. 200 kg/cm2
33 The most important tool in brick laying for lifting and spreading mortar and for
forming joints is
a) Trowel b) square
c) bolster d) scotch
34. White cement is produced in

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
A. flashy kiln B. coal kiln
C. oil fried kiln D. electrical form kiln
35. A canal, designed to irrigate throughout the year
A.permanent canal B. perennial canal
C. continuous canal D. green canal
36. Lime concrete lining is used
A. When velocity flow is below 2 m/s
B.in irrigation channels with capacities upto 200 cumecs
C. where economy is required
D. all of the above
37. In a canal syphon, the flow is
a) under atmospheric pressure b) pipe flow
c) with critical velocity d) under negative pressure
38. The road connecting head quarter of zone is called
A. national highway B. local road
C. zonal road D. feeder road
39. An under ground passage used by pedestrains, vehicular traffic etc, is called
A. sub way B. service road
C. drive way D. fly over
40. The shape of the camber provided for cement pavement is,
A. straight line B. parabolic
C. elliptical D. none of the above
41. The tender is:
A. a notice inviting bids
B. written offer submitted by contractor to execute works
C. an agreement enforceable by law
D. none of the above
42. Rate analysis is based on the following factors
A. Quantity of materials B. quality of materials
C. rate of materials D. all of the above
43. Valuation is done for :
A. present value based on reality B. minimum value
C. market value D. none of above
44. Plinth area estimate is an approximate estimate mostly used for the estimation of
:
A. bridge B. irrigation channel
C. building D. road
45. Military organization is known as
A. line organization B.line and staff organization
C. functional organization D.none of the above
46. Most suitable material for highway embankments is
a) granular soil b) organic soil
c) silts d) clays
47. The first stage of construction is
A. initiation of proposal B. allotment of fund
C. preparation of tender D. acceptance of tender and agreements
48. Infiltation gallery is a
A. horizontal well B. vertical well

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
C. inclined well D. none of the above
49. A G.I pipe has a coating of
A.zinc B. lead
C.silver D. aluminium
50. Gravity water supply system starts from
A. intake B. collection chamber
C. BPT D. faucet

<<<The End>>>
pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zgkqsf] Key clgjfo{ ?kn] pNn]v
ug'{kg{5 . pNn]v gu/]sf] pQ/k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5 .

Answer Sheet
NIMS-Loksewa Tayari Model Exam ( Sub-Overseer) Ans Key(A) : 2077/12/21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
C D D B A D D D A D
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
A D B A B B C D B C
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
B C D D D C A C A D
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
B A A D B D B D A A
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
A D A C A A A A A A

पपपपपप पपप पपपप पपपप


पपपपपप प,पपपपपपपप
g]kfnOl~hlgol/Ë;]jf, l;len ;d'x
k|fljlwstk{m Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf, l;len ;d"x,Sub–Overseer jf ;f] ;/x kbsf] k|ltof]lutfTds
lnlvt gd\'gf kl/Iff
Key (D)
;do M $% laifoM Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf ;DjGwL k"0f{ÍM– !))

pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zg kqsf] Keyclgjfo{ pNn]v ug'{kg]{5. pNn]v gu/]df pQ/ k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5. ;fy}
k/LIffdf Calculator,Mobile k|of]u ug{ kfOg] 5}g.

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
a:t'ut ax'pQ/ -%)×@cÍ_M–!))
1. The missing station of the ground survey can be found out with the help of
a) Key plan b) reference sketch
c) arithmetic calculation d) none of these
2. The spacing of cross-sections in a hilly country is usually
a) 5m b) 10m
c) 15m d) 20m
3. A contour map of the area is essential before proceeding with the construction of
a) building b) a swimming pool
c) a dam d) a bridge
4. The box of prismatic compass is made of
a) steel b) brass
c) iron d) aluminum
5. As compared to English bond, double Flemish bond is
a) stronger b) more compact
c) costly d) none of the above
6. The practical limit of moisture content achieved in air drying of timber is
a) 5% b) 15%
c) 25% d) 35%
7. Thinner used for oil paint is
a) turpentine b) water
c) carbon tetrachloride d) all of the above
8. Pigments are available in the form of
a) paste b) powder
c) tubes d) capsules
9. If the number of members provided is more than the requirement, then the frame
is called as
a) perfect frame b) Redundant frame
c) portal d) none of these
10. When a rectangular beam is loaded transversely the maximum compressive
stress develops on
a) bottom fibre b) top fibre
c) neutral axis d) every cross-section
11. The bending moment is maximum on a section where shearing force
a) is maximum b) is minimum
c) is equal d) changes sign
12. The tensile test is carried on ...........materials,
a) ductile b) brittle
c) malleable d) plastic
13. The discharge through a rectangular channel is maximum when
a) m=d/3 b) m=d/2
c) m=d d) m=1.5d
14. The point, through which the buoyant force is acting, is called
a) center of pressure b) center of gravity
c) center of buoyancy d) Centeroid
15. The flow in channel is turbulent if the Reynold number is
a) 1000 b) more than 2000

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
c) more than 4000 d) 4000
16. The tendency of a small drop of fallen water to remain in a spherical form is due
to the property of
a) viscosity b) adhesion
c) capillary action d) surface tension
17. Mode of transportation for alluvial soils is generally
a) wind. b) ice
c) water d) Gravity
18. Falling head permeability test is preferable when soil sample is
a) sandy b) Clayey
c) Silty sand d) sandy gravel
19. The compression resulting from long term static load and resulting expulsion of
water is known as
a) compaction b) inverse swelling
c) consolidation d) none of the above
20. The ratio of the unit weight of soil solids to that of water is called
a) void ratio b) porosity
c) Specific gravity d) degree of saturation
21. In a two way slab the torsional reinforcement is provided at
a) top b) bottom
c) both at top and bottom d) none of this
22. The reinforcing bars in beams are not bundled in contact if the diameter of the
bars, exceeds
a) 20mm b) 35mm
c)30mm d) 36mm
23. For a longitudinal reinforcing bar in a column, the cover should not be less than
a) 10mm b) 20mm
c) 30mm d) 40mm
24. Increased depth of a beam cause
a) economy in steel b) economy of concrete
c) increased stiffness of the section d) economy of concrete
25. The inner section of a cavity wall, is generally known as
a) buttress b)leaf wall
c) pilaster d) pillar
26. Nosing is the outer projecting edge of
a) riser b) tread
c) baluster d) landing
27. A roof which slopes in all the four direction is
a) gable roof b) hip roof
c) gambrel roof d) mansard roof
28. The sill window in residential building is generally kept above the floor level by
a) 40cm b) 80cm
c) 120cm d) 160cm
29. The aeration of water is done for the removal of
a) colour b) Turbidity
c) Hardness d) Odour
30. Water from the following source is likely to be hard
a) River b) Lake

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
c) Deep well d)Shallow well
31. Flush air inlet is sometimes called
a) clean out b) well hole
c) flushing whole d) ventilated lamp holes
32. If the sewage contains grease and fatty oils, these are removed in
a) skimming tanks b) detritus tanks
c) grit chambers d) sedimentation tanks
33. Surface float method is used to measure
a) area b) velocity
c) discharge d) none of the above
34. Lining of canal....... The maintenance of the canal
a) increase b) decease
c) does not effect d) all of above
35. The alluvial soil, side of the canal in filling should be
a) 1:1 b) 1.5:1
c) 2:1 d) 4:1
36. The difference in level between the top of a bank and supply level in canal, is
called
a) berm b) free board
c) height of bank d) none of these
37. Useful life of paermanent bridges is considered to be
a) 15 years b) 25 years
c) 50 years d) 100 years
38. Green colour indicates
a) go b) stop
c) ready to go d) clearance time
39. Caissons are usually made of
a) Timber b) Steel
c) Concrete d) any of these
40. The best stabilizer for black cotton soil is
a) lime b) Bitumen
c) Cement d) Calcium chloride
41. The floor area includes the area of the balcony up to
a) 100% b) 75%
c) 50% d) 25%
42. The unit of payment for A.C. sheet roofing is in
a) cum b) sq.m
c) meter d) quintal
43. Original cost of property minus deprecation is
a) book value b) salvage value
c) rebeable value d)obsolence value
44. The loss of value of property by its becoming out of date is style in design, in
structure etc, is called as
a) obsolescence b) distress value
c) salvage value d) scarp value
45. The performance of a specific task in CPM, is known
a) Dummy b) Event
c) Activity d) Contract

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
46. Jit Nepal, Public procurement Act (PPA), was effective from
a) 2020B.S b) 2038 B.S
c) 2059 B.S d)2063 B.S
47. The time with which direct cast does not reduce with increase in time is known as
a) crash time b) normal time
c) optimistic time d) standard time
48. Amount required to be deposited by contractor while submitting tender is
a) fixed deposit b) caution deposit
c) security deposit d) Earnest money
49. Which of the following is used for servicing and repairs of the aircraft?
a) Apron b) Hanger
c) Terminal building d) holding apron
50. The type of hanger used for parking of large size aircraft is called
a) mouth b) nose hanger
c) eye hanger d)ear hanger

All The Best


Prepared By: Khem Raj Sijapati

पपपपपप पपप पपपप पपपप


पपपपपप प,पपपपपपपप
g]kfnOl~hlgol/Ë;]jf, l;len ;d'x
k|fljlwstk{m Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf, l;len ;d"x,Sub–Overseer jf ;f] ;/x kbsf] k|ltof]lutfTds
lnlvt gd\'gf kl/Iff
Key (D)
;do M $% laifoM Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf ;DjGwL k"0f{ÍM– !))

pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zg kqsf] Keyclgjfo{ pNn]v ug'{kg]{5. pNn]v gu/]df pQ/ k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5. ;fy}
k/LIffdf Calculator,Mobile k|of]u ug{ kfOg] 5}g.
a:t'ut ax'pQ/ -%)×@cÍ_M–!))

1. Which tool can be used to draw a 90 degree angle ?


A. 30/60 traingle B. protractor
C. drafting machine D. All of the above
2. Which type of line is the part of a dimension
A. break line B. extension line
C. cutting plane lines D. all of above
3. Which line type is thin and light ?
A. visible line B. construction line
C. center line D. all of the above
4. Which of the following represent reducing scale ?
A. 1:1 B. 1:2
C.2:1 D. None of the above

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
5. The drawing for municipality is done at scale …
A. 1" = 8' B. 1:50
C. 1:100 D. Both a & c
6. The main objective of writing letters or alphabets on the drawing is to make the
drawing
A. More fantastic B. More informative
C. More Expansive D. All of the above
7. In case of laying gullies,siphons, intercepting traps, the cost includes
A. setting and laying B. bed concreting
C. connection of drains D. all of the above
8. Normally which one contract gives the maximum value of project
A.Labour contract B. item rate contract
C. LS contract D. all of the above
9. The excavation exceeding 1.5 m in width and 10 sq.m in plan area with a depth not
exceeding 30 cm, is termed as
A. excavation B. surface dressing
B. cutting D. surface excavation
10. The volume of cement required to make 100 m3 of 1:2:4 concrete is
A. 22 m3 B. 33 m3
C. 44 m3 D. 88 m3
11. The measurements is not made in square meter in case of
A. D.P.C ( Damp Proof course) B. Form works
C. concrete jaffries D. RC chhajja
12. The detention period in septic tank
A. 20 minutes B. 25 minutes
C. 30 minutes D. 40 minutes
13. For true difference in elevations between two points A and B, the level must be set
up
A. at any point between A and B B. at the exact mid point of A and B
C. near the point A D. near the point B.
14. The angle which a survey lines makes with the true meridian is known as
A. Altitude B. Azimuth
C. Declination D. Bearing
15. The main principle of surveying is to work from
A. whole to the part B. part to the whole
C. both of the above D. None of the above
16. Determining the difference in elevation between two points on the surface of the
earth, is known as
A. levelling B. simple levelling
C. differential levelling D. longitudinal levelling
17. In case of double line river, contours are
A. stopped at the banks of the river
B. stopped at the edge of the river
C. drawn across the water
D. drawn by parabolic curves having their vertex at the centre of the water.
18. The first reading from a level stations is
A. back sight B. fore sight
C. intermediate sight D. any of the above

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
19. The tendency of a stone is, to split along
A. texture B. fracture
C. cleavage D. structure
20. Acrylic is the name of
A. cellulose resin B. alkyd resin
C. methyl metha crylate D. cumarone-indene
21. The principle constituents of good brick earth is
A. Alumina B. Silica
C. lime D. Alkalies
22. The material generally not used as extender in paints, is
A. powdered silica B. gypsum
C. talc D. zinc white
23. Mastic asphalt is normally used for
A. sound insulation B. water proofing
C. fire proofing D. none of the above
24. Which of the following has highest compressive strengths
A. Lime stone B. Granite
C. Gneiss D. laterite
25. The strengths of cement is reduced by …… after 3 months
A. 20 % B. 30 %
C.40% D.50%
26. As per IS specification, the minimum time for initial setting of ordinary Portland
cement ( OPC) is ..
A. 20 minutes B. 30 minutes
C. 60 minutes D. 10 Hours
27. Lime stone is not a
A. sedimentary rock B. stratified rock
C. aqueous rock D. metamorphic rock
29. le- chatelier's apparatus is used to carried out
A. consistency test
B. soundness test
C. Compressive strength test
D. Tensile strength test
29. The rocks which are formed due to pouring of magma at the earth's surface are
called
A. Plutonic rocks B. Hypabyssal rocks
C. Volcanic rocks D. Igneous rocks
30. Specific gravity of water is
A. 1 B. 10
C. 100 D. 1000
31. The cement widely used in retaining wall, is
A. Rapid hardening cement B. Low heat cement
C. Sulphate resisting cement D. Ordinary Portland cement
32. Invar contains,
A. 12 % of nickel B. 24 % of nickel
C. 30 % of nickel D. 36 % of nickel
33. The top diameter, bottom diameter, and height of the slump mould are :
A. 10 cm, 10 cm, 30 cm B. 10 cm, 30 cm, 20 cm

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
C. 20 cm, 10 cm, 30 cm D. None of the above
34. Most commonly used solvent in oil paint
A. petroleum B. spirit
C. coaltar D. turpentine
35. A part of water which exists in the porous space of the soil by molecular attraction, is
known as
A. capillary water B. gravitational water
C. hygroscopic water D. all of these
36. A contour canal
A. is most suitable in hilly areas B. irrigates only on one sides
C. is aligned parallel to the contour of the country D. all of the above
37. Water logging is caused due to
A. inadequate drainage facilities B. over irrigation
C. presence of impermeable strata D. all of the above
38. For the transportation purpose in nepal, the first preference is given to
A. airlines B. roads
C. shipping D. railways
39. The portion of a road surface, which is used by vehicular traffic, is known as
A. carriage way B. shoulder
C. express way D. all of these
40. The total reaction time for an average driver for normal situation is
A. 5 sec B. 2 sec
C. 3 sec D. 4 sec
41. In scantly rainfalls areas, the camber provided will be
A. flatter B. steeper
C. zero D. none of these
42. Disinfection of drinking water, is done to remove
A. odour B. bacterias
C. turbidity D. colour
43. Turbidity of water is remedied by
A. Sedimentation B. Chlorination
C. Filtration D. All of the above
44. Water losses in water supply, is assumed as
A. 5 % B. 7.5 %
C. 10 % D. 15 %
45. The pump does not required any power, energy, fuel etc. for its working is
A. centrifugal B.hydraulic ram
C. reciprocatory D.rotary
46. Bar charts are considered suitable for
A. Major projects B. Minor projects
C. large projects D. all of the above
47. The difference between total float and free float is called
A. start float B. finish float
C. independent float D. interfering float
48. The value of poisson's ratio always remains
A. greater than one B. lesser than one
C. equal to one D. none of these
49. The main purpose of cavity wall is

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
A.sound insulation B. damp proofing
C. heat insulation D. cost saving
50. The minimum thickness of wall where single Flemish bond can be used…
A. Half brick wall B. one brick wall
C.one and half brick wall D. two brick wall

Prepared by: Khem Raj Sijapati

पपपपपप पपप पपपप पपपप


पपपपपप प,पपपपपपपप
g]kfnOl~hlgol/Ë;]jf, l;len ;d'x
k|fljlwstk{m Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf, l;len ;d"x,Sub–Overseer jf ;f] ;/x kbsf] k|ltof]lutfTds
lnlvt gd\'gf kl/Iff
Key (D)
;do M $% laifoM Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf ;DjGwL k"0f{ÍM– !))

pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zg kqsf] Keyclgjfo{ pNn]v ug'{kg]{5. pNn]v gu/]df pQ/ k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5. ;fy}
k/LIffdf Calculator,Mobile k|of]u ug{ kfOg] 5}g.
a:t'ut ax'pQ/ -%)×@cÍ_M–!))

1. The main principle of survey is


(A) working from whole to part (B) Working from part to whole
(C) Both of above (D) None of above
2. In plane survey, the curvature of the earth surface is not taken into account , the
area of field should be less than ..
(A) 260 km2 (B)250 km2
(C) 160 km2 (D) all of above
3. For an indirect ranging the number of ranging rods are required
(A)3 (B) 4
(C)5 (D)6
4. Contour line with U-shaped with convexity towards lower ground indicate..
(A) Valley (B) Ridge
(C) Saddle (D) Vertical cliff
5. Spalling hammer is used for
(A) Rough dressing of stone (B) Quarrying of stone
(C) Craving of stone (D) All of the above
6. Which have of following maximum crushing strength
(A) Gneiss (B)Sandstone
(C) Quartzite (D) Mica
7. The loss of ignition in cement should not exceed
(A) 1 % (B) 4 %
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
(C) 8 % (D) None of above
8. Dormant period ( 2-5 hrs) is concerned with
(A) Hydration of cement (B) Fineness of cement
(C) Soundness of cement (D) All of the above
9. The property of a materials by which it can be beaten or rolled into plates, is
called
(A) Malleability (B) Ductility
(B) Plasticity (D) Elasticity
10. Tensile test is done for
(A) Brittle Material (B) Ductile Material
(C) Elastic material (D) Plastic Material
11. Which of the following materials will have the highest young modulus ?
(A) Brass (B) Timber
(C) Mild steel (D) Steel
12. Section modulus of circular section is
(A) πD4/64 (B) πD4/32
(C) πD /32
3 (D) πD3 /64
13. If the velocity, pressure, density etc change at a point with respect to time, the
flow is called
(A) Uniform (B) Compressible
(C) Unsteady (D) Incompressible
14. Head loss increasing with
(A)Increasing with velocity (B) Decreasing with velocity
(C) Decreasing with lengths of pipe (D) Increasing in diameter of pipe
15. Floating methods is used for the measurements of
(A) Discharge (B) Head
(C) Pressure (D) None of the above
16. The ratio of maximum velocity to average velocity for steady flow between fixed
parallel plate is
(A) 1/3 (B) 1/6
(C) 3/2 (D) 2/3
17. The soil transported by running water is called
(A) Alluvial soil (B) Lacustrine soil
(C) Aeolien soil (D) Marine soil
18. The ratio of the volume of voids to the total volume of the given soil mass, is
known
(A)porosity (B)specific gravity
(C)void ratio (D)water content.
19. The soil moisture driven off by heat, is called
(A)free water (B)hydroscopic water
(C)gravity water (D)none of these.
20. Shallow footing is one whose depth is
(A) Always equal to width (B) Less than the width
(C) More than the width (D) None of the above
21. Short column taking maximum load having equal section
(A) Sal (B) Pcc
(C) Chir (D) Pine
22. Concrete is said to be grade of M20, if its 28 day strength is

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
(A) 2kg/ mm2 (B) 20 kg/mm2
(C) 200 kg/ mm2 (D) 2000 kg/mm2
23. In case of cantilever beam, main bars are kept
(A) At bottom (B) AtCentre
(C) At Top (D) Anywhere
24. The bending moment in a cable carrying a system of load
(A) Zero at all points (B) Minimum at the center
(C) Maximum at the center (D) None of the above
25. Raft foundation are generally preferred to when the area required for individual
footing, is more than
(A)25% to total area (B)30% of total area
(C)40% to total area (D)50% of total are(A)
26. Black cotton soil is unsuitable for foundation because of its ..
(A) Low bearing capacity (B) Uncertain permeability
(C) Cohesive properties (D) None of the above
27. Shape of gravity dam is
(A) Triangular shape (B) Trapezoidal shape
(C) Rectangular shape (D) Any shape
28. Which of the following wall is not designed for taking lateral load.
(A) Buttress (B) Gravity
(C) Lateral (D) Counterfort
29. The maximum concentration of zinc in drinking water is
(A) 2 ppm (B) 3 ppm
(C) 4 ppm (D) 5 ppm
30. Wholesome water is also known as
(A) Potable water (B) Polluted water
(C) Contaminated water (D) All of the above
31. Two sewer section laid at same grade, will be hydraulically equivalent, if
(A) Their discharge capacity when running full are equal
(B) Their flow velocity when running full are equal
(C) Their flowing area running full are equal
(D) All the above factors are equal.
32. Widely used pipe for rural water supply in Nepal is ..
(A) HDP Pipes (B) G.I pipes
(C) PVC pipes (D) (C)I pipes
33. Which of the following crops are in Rabi Groups ?
(A) Groundnut (B) Potato
(C) Bajra (D) None of the above
34. Useful soil moisture for plant growth, is
(A)capillary water (B)gravity water
(C)hygroscopic water (D)chemical water
35. The duty is largest
(A) At the head of main canal (B) At the head of water course
(C) On the field (D) Same at all place
36. The numerical value of base period is
(A) Less than the crop period (B) More than the crop period
(C) Equal to the crop period (D) All the above.
37. An underground passes used by pedestrian, vehicular traffic etc. is called,

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
(A) Sub way (B) Service road
(C) Fly over (D) Drive way
38. As per NRS 2070, a minimum width of foot path should be
(A) 0.6 m (B) 1.2 m
(C) 1.5 m (D) 2 m
39. Minimum radius of curvature for any types of curves should not be less than
(A) 10m (B) 12m
(C)25 m (D)20 m
40. The depression formed by the junction of two falling gradients is
(A) Depression (B) Valley
(C) Summit (D) All of the above
41. Which of the following is the most correct estimate
(A) Plinth area estimate (B) Cube rate estimate
(C) Detailed estimate (D) All of above
42. The volume of course aggregate required to make 100 m3 of 1:2:4 concrete is
(A) 84 m3 (B) 87 m3
(C) 90 m3 (D) 93 m3
43. Unit of measurement of skirting is
(A) m (B) Sqm
(C) Kg (D) Rm
44. Unit of measurement of site clearance in irrigation channel is
(A) m (B) Sqm
(C) m3 (D) Rm
45. Gantt chart indicates..
(A) Balance of work to be done (B) Effective progress
(C)Comparision of actual progress with the schedule progress
(D) Progressive cost of project
46. Military organization is known as
(A) Line organization (B) Line and staff organization
(C) Functional organization (D) None of the above
47. Estimated amount should be published in tender notice if estimated amount less than
(A) 1 Crore (B) 2 Crore
(C) 3 Crore (D) all the above
48. Performance security for bidder bids 20% below estimated amount, is
(A) 5 % (B) 7.5 %
(C) 2.5% (D) 10%
49= िेपालको संबिधाि २०७२ स्थािीय तह काययपानलका सम्िन्धी व्यवस्था अिुसार न्यानयक
सनिनत को संयोजक को हुन्छ
क) िगर प्रिुख / गा.पा. अध्यक्ष v )उप प्रिुख / गा. पा. उपाध्यक्ष
u_ वडा अध्यक्ष घ) वडा सदस्य
50= स्थािीय तह संचालि ऐि २०७४ अिुसार तराईको िगरपालीकाको हकिा कम्तीिा स्थायी
जिसंख्या कनत हुिपछ
क) ५० हजार ख) ६० हजार

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
ग) ७५ हजार घ) ८० हजार

<<<The End>>>
pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zgkqsf] Key clgjfo{ ?kn] pNn]v
ug'{kg{5 . pNn]v gu/]sf] pQ/k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5 .

Prepared By : Khem Raj Sijapati

पपपपपप पपप पपपप पपपप


पपपपपप प,पपपपपपपप
g]kfnOl~hlgol/Ë;]jf, l;len ;d'x
k|fljlwstk{m Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf, l;len ;d"x,Sub–Overseer jf ;f] ;/x kbsf] k|ltof]lutfTds
lnlvt gd\'gf kl/Iff
Key (D)
;do M $% laifoM Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf ;DjGwL k"0f{ÍM– !))

pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zg kqsf] Keyclgjfo{ pNn]v ug'{kg]{5. pNn]v gu/]df pQ/ k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5. ;fy}
k/LIffdf Calculator,Mobile k|of]u ug{ kfOg] 5}g.
a:t'ut ax'pQ/ -%)×@cÍ_M–!))
1. At Equator amount of deep is
(A) 0 (B)45
(C) 90 (D) 60
2 Example for level surface
(A) Surface of earth (B) Surface of sea
(C) Surface of still lake (D) Surface of reservoir
3. Chain surveying is well adopted for
(A)Small areas in open ground (B)Small areas with crowded details
(C)Large area with simple details (D)Large area with difficult details
4. Rise and fall method is used for
(A)Profile leveling (B)Differential levelling
(C)Check leveling (D)Both (b) and (c)
5. The mosts of stone posses sp. Gr. In the range of
(A) 1-1.5 (B)1.5-2
(C) 2.4-2.9 (D) 3-4
6. The sieve no. used in the finess modulus test of cement is
(A) 1 (B) 5
(C) 7 (D) 9
7. Distemper is used on
(A)Brick walls (B)0Concrete surface
(C)Plaster surface on exposed weather (D)Plaster surface on unexposed weather
8. Smith test of stones is performed to find out
(A) the presence of soluble material (B) tensile strength

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
(C) presence of lime (D) none of these
9. If W is the udl on circural slab of radius R fixed at its ends, the maximum positive radial
moment at its centre,is
(A) 3WR2/16 (B) 2WR2/16
(C) WR /16
2 (D) zero
10. A beam is said to be loaded in pure bending when
(A)Bending moment and shear force are constant but not zero
(B)Bending moment is changing linearly
(C)Bending moment and shear force both are changing linearly
(D)Bending moment is constant
11. Unit weight of RCC in kg/m3 , is
(A)2200 (B)2400
(C)2500 (D)2600
12. Shape of the bending moment over length of beam having no external load is always
(A)Linear (B)Parabolic
(C)Cubical (D)Circular
13. Tintometer is used to measure the
(A) Odour (B) Colour
(C) Turbidity (D)None of the above
14. The property of liquid by virtue of which molecule get attracted to another body is
known as
(A)Viscosity (B)Surface tension
(C)Adhesion (D)Capillary action
15. Piezometers are used to measure
(A)Pressure in water channels, pipes e.t.c (B)Difference in pressure at two points
(C)Atmospheric pressure (D)Very low pressure
16. The head of water representing in case of HGL line is known as
(A)Static head (B)Residual head
(C)Pressure head (D)All of the above
17. Uniformity Coefficient is the ratio of
(A)D10 to D60 (B)D85 to D60
(C)D30 to D60 (D)D60 to D10
18. Minimum size of course aggregate is
(A) 4.75mm (B) 75mm
(C) .02mm (D) All
19. The pycnometer is used to determine
(A)Specific gravity and dry density (B)Water content and void ratio
(C)Water content and specific gravity (D)Dry density void ratio
20. A fully saturated soil is called
(A)One phase system (B)Two phase system with soil
and air
(C)Two phase system with soil and water (D)Three phase system
21. The surface width of the crack shall not generally exceed
(A)0.1 mm (B)0.32 mm
(C)0.3 mm (D)0.4 mm
22. Design of R.(C)C cantilever beams, is based on the resultant force at
(A)Fixed end (B)Free end
(C)Mid span (D)Mid span and fixed
support
23 Lap Splice in tension reinforcement are permitted for bars
(A) >36 mm (B) <36mm
(C) >25mm (D) <25mm

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
24. Minimum no. of bars in circular column
(A) 4 (B) 6
(C) 8 (D) 10
25. Cement concrete in which high compressive stress is developed artificially is called
(A) Reinforce concrete (B) plain concrete
(C) Prestressed concrete (D) Micro concrete
26. The construction of a temporary structure required to support an unsafe structure is
called
(A)Underpinning (B)Scaffolding
(C)Shoring (D)Jacketing
27. The most commonly used material for damp proofing is
(A)Bitumen (B)Parrafin wax
(C)Cement solution (D)Cement concrete
28. The portion of brick obtained by cutting a brick lengthwise into two directions is known
as
(A)King Closer (B)Beveled Closer
(C)Queen Closer (D)Mitred Closer
29. Turbidity is mainly due to
(A)Floating solids (B)Suspended solids
(C)Colloidal solids (D)Dissolved solids
30. Mostly used coagulant is
(A)Chlorine (B)Alum
(C)Lime (D)Bleaching
Powder
31. The detention time in a septic tank is usually
(A)1-2 hours (B)5-6 hours
(C)18-24 hours (D)22-24 hours
32. Letache is observed in
(A)Septic tank (B)Sewage
(C)Landfill (D)None of the
above
33. A hydraulic structure is designed to withstand
(A)Seepage forces (B)Hydraulic Jump
(C)Hydraulic Pressure (D)All of the above
34. Crest level is kept low with large gates in a
(A)Sluice (B)Escape
(C)Regulator (D)Barrage
35. Pitot tube is used to measure
(A)Aarea (B)Velocity
(C)Discharge (D)All of the above
36. The structure provided where natural drainage and canal meets at same level is
a) Aqueduct b) Siphon
c) Super Passage d) Level Crossing
37) The first watering before sowing the crop, is known as,
a) Kor watering b) Paleo watering

c) Delta d) None of these


38) In river training works, spurs are provided
a) Transverse to river b) Longitudnal to river
c) Parallel to river d) None of above
39) Minimum gradient in highway
a)0 .5% b) 1%

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
c) 1.5% d) All of the
above
40) In water bound macadam roads, binding material is
a) Sand b) Stone dust
c) Cement d) Brick dust
41) Raising of outer edge of a road with respect to inner edge is
a) Superelevation b) Cant
c) Banking d) All of the
above
42) When calculating the overtaking sight distance, the height of the object above the road
surface is assumed
a) zero b) 50 cm
c) 75 cm d) 100 cm
43) Drain is provided in
a) hill side of road b) Outer side of road
c) Both side of road d) None of the above
44) The intermediate supports on bridge are called
a) Bearing wall b) Abutment
c) Wing wall d) Piers
45) The value of the property without being dismantled at the end of the useful life period is
known as
a) Scrap value b) Salvation value
c) Junk value d) Book value
46) For 100 sqm cement concrete(1:2:4) 4 cm thick floor, the quantity of cement required
a) 0.90 m3 b) 0.94 m3
c) 0.98 m 3 d) 1 m 3

47) The required no. of bricks(size 9”* 4.5”*2.25”) for 1 cum masonry wall
a) 1000 b) 875
c) 560 d) 250
48. Maximum size of aggregate used in slab casting, is
(A) 5mm (B) 10mm
(C) 15mm (D) 20mm
49. Scrap value of concrete is
(A) Negative (B) Positive
(C) Depends upon age of concrete (D) All the above
50) Brick lining is measured in
(A) R.m (B) Sqm
(C) cum (D) all the above

If you have any complain about questions,please directly contact with respective person who prepared"

<<<The End>>>
pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zgkqsf] Key clgjfo{ ?kn] pNn]v
ug'{kg{5 . pNn]v gu/]sf] pQ/k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5 .

QUESTION PREPARED BY : KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU

ANSWER

1.a 11.c 21 c 31d 41 d


2c 12 b 22 a 32 c 42 d
3a 13 b 23 b 33 d 43 a
4d 14 c 24 b 34 d 44 d
5c 15 d 25 c 35 b 45 b
6d 16 b 26 c 36 d 46 b
7d 17 d 27 a 37 b 47 c
8a 18 a 28 c 38 a 48 b
9c 19 c 29 c 39 a 49 a
10d 20 c 30 b 40 b 50 a

पपपपपप पपप पपपप पपपप


पपपपपप प,पपपपपपपप
g]kfnOl~hlgol/Ë;]jf, l;len ;d'x
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
k|fljlwstk{m Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf, l;len ;d"x,Sub–Overseer jf ;f] ;/x kbsf] k|ltof]lutfTds
lnlvt gd\'gf kl/Iff
Key (D)
;do M $% laifoM Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf ;DjGwL k"0f{ÍM– !))

pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zg kqsf] Keyclgjfo{ pNn]v ug'{kg]{5. pNn]v gu/]df pQ/ k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5. ;fy}
k/LIffdf Calculator,Mobile k|of]u ug{ kfOg] 5}g.
a:t'ut ax'pQ/ -%)×@cÍ_M–!))

1. The collimation methods for obtaining the reduced level of points does not
provide check on
A. fore sight B. back sight
C. intermediate points D. change point
2. The reduced level of the plane of collimation is ……………height of instrument.
A. equal to B. higher than
C. lower than
D. sometimes lower and some times higher
3. 13. Plane scale are measured to
A. two dimensional B. three dimensional
C. both (a) and (b) D.none of the above
4. The leveling across a river is done by
A. fly leveling B. Reciprocal leveling
C. trigonometric leveling D. cross leveling
5. The most power full explosive used in blasting is
A. blasting power B. dynamite
C. gun cotton D. cordite
6. In order to dry the quarry sap of a freshly quarried stone, it should be exposed to
open air for a period of
A. one month B. four month
C. six to twelve month D. two years
7. No of bricks required for one cubic meter as NS( machine made )are
A.360 B.460
C.530 D.560
8. The cementing property in cement is mainly due to
A. lime B. silica
C. iron oxide D. alumina
9. As per IS specification, the minimum time for initial setting of ordinary Portland
cement ( OPC) is ..
A. 20 minutes B. 30 minutes
C. 60 minutes D. 10 Hours
10. The property of a materials by which it can be beaten or rolled into plates, is called
A. Malleability B. Ductility
B. Plasticity D. Elasticity

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
11. Tensile test is done for
A. Brittle Material B. Ductile Material
C. Elastic material D. Plastic Material
12. The ultimate tensile stress for mild steel is ……… the ultimate compressive stress.
A. equal to B. less than
C. greater than D. any of these
13 If the velocity, pressure, density etc change at a point with respect to time, the flow
is called
A. Uniform B. Compressible
C. Unsteady D. Incompressible
14. The stability of dam is checked for
A. tension at the base B. overturning of the wall or dam
C. sliding of the wall or dam D. all of these
15. A piezometer tube is used only for measuring
A. low pressure B.high pressure
C. moderate pressure D. vacuum pressure
16. Falling drops of water becomes spheres due to property of
A. surface tension of water B. compressibility of water
C. capillarity of water D. viscosity of water
17 The soil transported by running water is called
A. Alluvial soil B. Lacustrine soil
C. Aeolien soil D. Marine soil
18. The bearing capacity of soil depends upon the
A. grain size of the soil B. size of footing
C. shape of the footing D.all of these
19. The coefficient of active earth pressure is always ………… as compared to
coefficient of passive earth pressure
A. less B. more
C. sometimes more sometimes less D. none of the above
20. Shallow footing is one whose depth is
A. Always equal to width B. Less than the width
C. More than the width D. None of the above
21. In RCC beam, if the amount of steel increase the depth of N.A
A. constant B. increase
C. decrease D. none of the above
22. The maximum spacing of side face reinforcement in a beam should be
A. 100 mm B. 200 mm
C. 300mm D .400 mm
23. Concrete is said to be grade of M20, if its 28 day strength is
A. 2kg/ mm2 B. 20 kg/mm2
C. 200 kg/ mm2 D. 2000 kg/mm2
24. An under reinforced section means
A. steel is provided at the under side only B. steel provided is insufficient
C. steel provided on one face only D. steel will yield first
25. The floor height of 3 meter buildingis constructed 17 numbers of trade/going,
the number of riser is :
A. 16 B. 18
C. 15 D. 17
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
26. Carpet area of building does not include the area of :
A. the wall along with doors and other opening
B. verandah, corridor and passage
C. bathroom and lavartory kitchen and pantry
D. all of the above
27. In vertical D.P.C, thickness of cement concrete( 1:2:4) is
A. 2 cm B. 4 cm
C.6 cm D. 8 cm
28. The height of parapet wall is generally kept
A. 60 cm B. 75 cm
C. 90 cm D. 105 cm
29. The maximum concentration of zinc in drinking water is
A. 2 ppm B. 3 ppm
C. 4 ppm D. 5 ppm
30. Wholesome water is also known as
A. Potable water B. Polluted water
C. Contaminated water D. All of the above
31. The device installed for drawing water from the source are called
A. filters B. aquifers
C. intakes D. None of the above
32. Widely used pipe for rural water supply in Nepal is ..
A. HDP Pipes B. G.I pipes
C. PVC pipes D. C.I pipes
33. Water shed line is abondened for alining an irrigation canal,if
A. water shed forms a sharp loop
B. canal has to take off from a river
C. towns and village are located on the water shed line
D. all the above
34. The phenomenon of salt coming up in solution and forming a layer of crust on
surface after the evaporation of water is known as
A. Reclamation B. Leaching
C. Efflorescence D. Salinity
35. Irrigation canal are generally aligned along
A. Ridge line B. Contour line
C. Valley line D. Straight line
36. Lime concrete lining is used
A. When velocity flow is below 2 m/s
B.in irrigation channels with capacities upto 200 cumecs
C. where economy is required
D. all of the above
37. A deep and big depression on a road is called
A. pot holes B. longitudinal rut
C. cross rut D. crack
38. Highway code of BP highway is
A. H02 B. H04
C. H06 D. H08
39. For the transportation purpose in nepal, the first preference is given to
A. airlines B. roads
C. shipping D. railways
40. Horizontal distance between the centroids of the section of cutting and feeling is called
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
A. lead B. lift
C. interval D. none of the above
41. The order of booking dimension is
A. Length, Breadth, Height B. Breadth, Length, Height
C. Height, Breadth, Length D. Any of the above
42. For electric wiring such as fan, light, plug etc, the estimate is made in terms of ..
A. type of point B. number of points
C. total load in main kw D. total length of wiring in meters
43. The useful part of liveable area of a building is also known as
A. Carpet area B. Circulation area
C. Horizontal circulation area D. Plinth area
44. Brick wall are measured in sq meter if the thickness of the wall is
A. 10 cm B. 15 cm
C. 20 cm D. All of the above
45. In PERT technique, completion of an activity is called
A. head activity B.head event
C. tail event D.tail activity
46. Total projects time is the
A. sum of duration of all activities
B. sum of duration of non-critical activities
C. sum of duration of critical activities
D. none of the above
47. Residential building are termed as
A. Light construction B. heavy construction
C. industrial construction D. none of the above
48. Tender document does not contain
A. tender form B. BOQ
C. amount of earnest money D. unit rate
49. The name of the first plane landed on the old golf course which makes the present
location of T.I.A
A.twinatter B. glider
C. boing D. helicopter
50. International Civil Aviation Organization(I.C.A.O) was set up at montreal
A.1929 B. 1939
C. 1947 D. 1950
1.C 2.A 3.A 4.B 5.C 6.C 7.C 8.A 9.B 10.A

11.B 12.C 13.C 14.D 15.A 16.A 17.A 18.D 19.A 20.D

21.B 22.C 23.A 24.D 25.B 26.D 27.A 28.B 29.B 30.A

31.C 32.A 33.D 34.C 35.A 36.D 37.A 38.C 39.B 40.A

41.A 42.B 43.A 44.A 45.B 46.C 47.A 48.D 49.B 50.C

पपपपपप पपप पपपप पपपप


QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
पपपपपप प,पपपपपपपप
g]kfnOl~hlgol/Ë;]jf, l;len ;d'x
k|fljlwstk{m Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf, l;len ;d"x,Sub–Overseer jf ;f] ;/x kbsf] k|ltof]lutfTds
lnlvt gd\'gf kl/Iff
Key (D)
;do M $% laifoM Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf ;DjGwL k"0f{ÍM– !))

pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zg kqsf] Keyclgjfo{ pNn]v ug'{kg]{5. pNn]v gu/]df pQ/ k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5. ;fy}
k/LIffdf Calculator,Mobile k|of]u ug{ kfOg] 5}g.
a:t'ut ax'pQ/ -%)×@cÍ_M–!))

1. Built up drawing is normally constructed for the work of :


a) Before construction b) After construction
c) Both of the above d) None of the above
2. Find the R.F for scale 1 cm = 10 m
A. 1/10 B. 1/100
C. 1/1000 D. 1/10000
3. Which line type is thin and light?
A. visible line B. construction line
C. center line D.all of the above
4. The size of A3 paper is
A. 297 mm x 420 mm B. 210 mm x 297 mm
C. 420 mm x 850 mm D. None of the above
5. Drawing board is made of
A. well seasoned soft wood B. well seasoned hard wood
C. moisted soft wood D. Both a & c
6. Which of the following represent reducing scale ?
A. 1:1 B. 1:2
C.2:1 D. None of the above
7. The rate of an item of works depends on
A. Specification of works B. Specification of works
C. Methods of construction D. All of the above
8. The unit of measurement of Brick work is in
A. square meter B. Cubic meter
C. Running meter D. Quintal
9. The unit of measurements of Railing is in
A. Rm B. sq m
B. cu m D. Lump sump
10. The weight of an item measured correct to nearest
A. 0.25 kg B. 0.50 kg
C. 0.75 kg D. 1.0 kg
11. The center line methods is specially adopted for
A. Circular building B. Hexagonal Building

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
C. Octagonal building D. All of the above
12. The necessary elements of the estimate are :
A. Drawing B. Specification
C. Rates D. All of the above
13. Contours of different elevations may cross each other in the case of
A. An overhanging cliff B. A vertical cliff
C. A saddle D.An inclined plane
14 : For true difference in elevations between two points A and B, the level must be
set up
A. at any point between A and B B. at the exact mid point of A and B
C.near the point A D.near the point B.
15. The line of collimation method of reduction of levels, does not provide check on
A.Intermediate sights B. Fore sights
C. Back sights D. None of the above
16 The chord of a curve less than peg interval, is known as
A. Small chord B. Sub chord
C. Normal chord D. Short chord
17. Principle of surveying is to prevent accumulations of errors is
A. To work from whole to the part
B. To work from part to the whole
C. Both (a ) and (b)
D. None of the above.
18. A well conditional triangle has no angle less than
A. 20 degree B. 30 degree
C. 45 degree D.60 degree
19. The rock formed by gradual deposition, are called
A. Sedimentary rocks B.Igneous rock
C. Metamorphic rock D. None of the above
20. Final setting time of quick setting cement is ,
A. 5 minute B. 10 minute
C. 20 minute D. 30 minute
21. Final initial setting time of OPC cement is ,
A. 5 minute B. 10 minute
C. 20 minute D. 30 minute
22. Galvanising means covering iron with a thin coat of
A. Tin B. zinc
C. Glaze D. Coal tar
23. Good quality stone must
A. be durable B. be free from clay
C. resist action of acids D. all of the above
24. The principle constituents of good brick earth is
A. Alumina B. Silica
C. lime D. Alkalies
25. The strengths of cement is reduced by …… after 24 months
A. 20 % B. 30 %
C.40% D.50%
26. The initial setting time of hydraulic lime, is
A. 30 minutes B. 60 minutes
C. 90 minutes D. 120 minutes

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
27. PVC stands for
A. Plastic Very compact B. Polythene Vinyl Chloride
C. Polythene Vinyl Carbon D.All of the above
28. Concrete mainly consists of
A. Binding materials B. aggregate
C. water D. all of these
29. Distemper is used on
A. Roof top
B. Plastered surface exposed to weather
C. Plastered surface not exposed to weather
D. Un plastered surface exposed as well as not exposed to weather
30. Difference in Plain Concrete and Reinforced concrete is
A. water content B. strength
C. Reinforcement D. cement
31. Workability improved by adding
A. Air entering agent B. Foaming agent
C. Aluminium compound D. All of the above
32. The commonly used materials in the manufacture of cement is
A. Sand stone B.Slate
C. Lime stone D.Graphite
33. Protecting the buildings against dampness is called
A. Water proofing B. damp proofing
C. dewatering D. anti-damping
34. Slump test is done for
A. Clay B. Sand
C. lime D. Concrete
35. Canal used to drain of water from water logged area is
A.Ditch canal B. Drain canal
C. Perennial canal D. None of these
36. Canal taking off from a river with or without head regulator, is called
A. Feeder canal B.Inundation canal
C.Ridge canal D. Contour canal
37. In concrete canal the approximate permissible velocity of water should not exceed
A. 0.5 m/sec B. 1 m/sec
C. 1.5 m/sec D. 2 m/sec
38. The minimum value of camber provided for thin bituminous surface hill roads, is
A. 2.2 % B. 2.5 %
C. 3.0 % D. 3.5 %
39. Camber is
A. longtidunal slope in the road for drainage B. Cross slope in the road for drainage
C. Type of materials used in pavements D. all of the above
40. For the transportation purpose in Nepal the first preference is given to
A. airlines B. roads
C. shipping D. railways
41. The types of curves generally provided on highway is
A. Critical curve B. Transition curve
C. Vertical curve D. All of the above
42. The volume of Fine aggregate required to make 10 m3 of 1:2:4 concrete is
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
A. 2 .00 m3 B. 2.143 m3
C. 8.571 m3 D. 10.00 m3
43. The main objective of water supply is
A. to provide wholesome water B. to provide adequate quantity of water
C. to provide quality of water D. All of the above
44. Recommended pH value of potable water is
A. 6.5 - 8 B. 9 - 10
C. 0 D. 14
45. Water supply includes
A. Collection, transportation and treatment of water
B.Distribution of water to consumers
C. Provision of hydrants for fire fighting
D.All of the above
46. Completion of an activity on CPM network diagram, is generally known as
A. Event B. Node
C. Connector D. All of the above
47. A dummy activity
A. is artificial introduced B. is represented by a dotted line
C. Does not consume time D. All of the above
48. Main source of water for irrigation is,
A. rain falls B.canal
C. sewers D. water tank
49. Primary air pollution is
A. smoke B. sewage
C.sullage D. bacteria
50. Ratio of concrete used in D.P.C ( Damp Proof Course) is
A. 1:2:4 B. 1:4:8
C. 1:3:6 D. 1:1.5:3

<<<The End>>>
pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zgkqsf] Key clgjfo{ ?kn] pNn]v
ug'{kg{5 . pNn]v gu/]sf] pQ/k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5 .

1.B 2.C 3.B 4.A 5.A 6.B 7.D 8.B 9.A 10.D 11.D 12.D 13.A
14.B 15.A 16.B 17.A 18.B 19.A 20.D 21.D 22.B 23.D 24.B 25.D 26.D
27.B 28.D 29.c 30.c 31.D 32.C 33.B 34.D 35.B 36.B 37.D 38.B 39.B
40.B 41.D 42.C 43.D 44.A 45.D 46.D 47.D 48.A 49.A 50.A

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU

पपपपपप पपप पपपप पपपप


पपपपपप प,पपपपपपपप
g]kfnOl~hlgol/Ë;]jf, l;len ;d'x
k|fljlwstk{m Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf, l;len ;d"x,Sub–Overseer jf ;f] ;/x kbsf] k|ltof]lutfTds
lnlvt gd\'gf kl/Iff
Key (D)
;do M $% laifoM Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf ;DjGwL k"0f{ÍM– !))

pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zg kqsf] Keyclgjfo{ pNn]v ug'{kg]{5. pNn]v gu/]df pQ/ k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5. ;fy}
k/LIffdf Calculator,Mobile k|of]u ug{ kfOg] 5}g.
a:t'ut ax'pQ/ -%)×@cÍ_M–!))
1 The V- shaped contour represents
A. Valley B. Ridge
C. Both D. None of these
2. For the construction of highway
A. Longitudinal section is required B. Cross section is required
C. Both longtidunal and cross section are required D. None of the above
3. An imaginary line joining the points of equal elevation of the surface of the earth
represents the
A. Contour surface B. Contour gradient
C. Contour line D.level line
4. The constant Horizontal distance between two adjacent contours is called
A. Contour interval B. Horizontal equivalent
C.vertical equivalent D. Contour gradient
5. Plaster of pairs is obtained by calcining
A. Bauxite B. Gypsum
C. Kankar D. Lime stone
6. Good quality cement contains higher percentage of
A.Tri-calcium silicates B. Di-calcium silicates
C. Tri-calcium aluminates D. Tetra calcium alumino ferrite
7. Refractory bricks resists
A. High temperature B. Dampness
C. Chemical action D. All of the above
8. Early strength to cement provided by
A.Tricalciumsilicites B.Di calcium silicates
C. Tricalciu aluminate D. tetra calcium alumino ferrite
9. A steel bar of 5 mm is heated from 15 degree to 40 degree and it is free to
expand, the bar will induce
A. No stress B. Shear stress
C. Tensile stress D. Thermal stress

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
10. The unit of moment of inertia of an mass is
A. m4 B. kg m2
C. kg/m2 D. m3
11. At the point of application of a concentrated load on a beam there is
A. Maximum bending moment B. Maximum deflection
C. Sudden change of slope of B. M D. Point of contra flexure
12. Hooks law holds good upto:
A. yield point B. Elastic limit
C. Plastic limit D. Breaking limit
13. 1 m head is equivalent to
A.0.1 kg/cm2 B. 0.2 kg/cm2
C. 0.3 kg/cm2 D.0.4 kg/cm2
14. Falling drop of water becomes sphere due to
A. adhesion B. Cohesion
C. Surface Tension D. incompressible
15. Hooks law holds good upto:
A. yield point B. Elastic limit
C. Proportionality limit D. Breaking limit
16. Pressure head is given by
A. p/w B. z
C. v/2g D. all of the above
17. For testing of saturated clay of shear strength, the recommend is
A. Direct shear test B.Unconfined compressive test
C.Triaxial compression test D. All of the above
18. on wetting, cohesive soil
A.Loose permeability B. Gain shear strength
C. Loose elasticity D.Decrease their shear strength
19. The angle of internal friction is maximum for
A. Angular grain dense send B.Angular grain loose sand
C. Round grain dense sand D. Round grain loose sand
20. Black cotton soli is unsuitable for foundation because its
A.Bearing capacity is low B.Permeability is uncertain
C. Particles are cohesive
D. Property to undergo a volumetric change due to variation of moisture content
21. The width of lintel is generally taken as equal to
A. 2/3 of the depth of lintel B. Thickness of the supporting wall
C. 20 cm or 2/3 depth of lintel whichever is more D. None of these
22. The minimum clear cover provided to slab is
A. 15 mm B. 20 mm
C. 25 mm D .30 mm
23. The minimum number of reinforcement required in square column is
A. 4 B. 6
C. 8 D. 10
24. The minimum number of reinforcement required in circular column is
A. 4 B. 6
C. 8 D. 10
25. Curing of pavements, floors, roofs and slabs is done by
A. membrance methods B. sprinkling methods

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
C. ponding methods D. covering surface with bags
26. Expansion joint in masonry wall are provided if length exceed
A. 10 meter B. 20 meter
C. 30 meter D. 40 meter
27. The Cover of column is ,
A. 40 mm B. 35mm
C. 30 mm D.25 mm
28. Bearing capacity of soil can not be improved by
A. Draining sub soil water B.Driving sand piles
C. Ramming crushed stone in soil D.Watering surface of soil
29. Hard water for public water supply is discarded because
A.It consumes more soap B. It contains pathogenic bacteria
C. It contains lot of turbidity D. It possess bad test and colour
30. Disinfection of drinking water, is done to remove
A. Odour B. Bacteria
C. Virus D. Hardness
31. Surface water is obtained from
A. Well B. Spring
C. Artesian well D. Rain
32. Mostly used coagulant is,
A. Alum B.Chlorine
C. Lime D.Bleaching powder
33. The operation which washes out salts from the upper zone of the soil is called
A. Reclamation B. Leaching
C. Efflorescence D. Salinity
34. Source of water in mountain is
A. tube well B. well
C. stream D. none
35. The device provided near weirs or dams to facilities the irrigation of fish up
stream or downstream is called
A. Fish net B. Fish ladder
C. Fish channel D. Fish pond
36. Useful soil moisture for plant growth, is
A. Capillary water B. Gravity water
C. Hygroscopic water D. Chemical water
37. The camber provided for earthen road, is
A. 7 % B. 5 %
C. 4 % D. 3 %
38. Mostly used road in Nepal is
A. Cement concrete B. Bitumen
C. Earthen D. WBM
39. The portion of road that is used pedestrains only is called
A. Side walk B. Footpath
C. foot way D. All of the above
40. Shape of camber provided for cement concrete pavement is
A. Straight line B. parabolic
C. circular D. Any of the above
41. The approximate weight of one cubic meter of mild steel is

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
A. 100 kg B. 2400 kg
C. 7850 kg D. 7950 kg
42. In case of roof truss made of steel, rivets bolts and nuts usually account for
A. 1 % B. 5 %
C. 8 % D. 20 %
43. For electric wiring such as fan, light, plug etc estimate in made in terms of
A. Types of point B. Number of points
C.Total load at main kilowatt D. Total lengths of wiring in meters
44. The explosive for blasting is usually expressed in terms of
A. Explosive powder B.Kilogram
C. Volume of earthwork that can be blasted D. None of the above
45. The main responsibility of civil sub engineer is
A. to teach the sub ordinate B. To plan and execute the work
C. to understand the duties D. all of the above.
46. The occurance of the starting of an activity is called its
A. Head event B. Tail event
C. dual role event D. None of the above
47. Various activities of a project, are shown on bar charts by
A. Vertical lines B. Horizontal lines
C. Dots D. Crosses
48. A dummy activity
A. Has no tail event but only a head event B. Has only head event but no tail event
C. Does not required any resource or time D. All of these
49. According to ICAO all marking on the runways are painted white and taxiways
A. Black B. Red
C. Yellow D. Green
50. Beaufort scale is used to determine
A.Strength of winds B. Direction of winds
C. Height of air crafts D. None of these

<<<The End>>>
pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zgkqsf] Key clgjfo{ ?kn] pNn]v
ug'{kg{5 . pNn]v gu/]sf] pQ/k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5 .

For Answers Like Fb Page: NIMS ललललललल ललललल


Answer
1.A 2.C 3.C 4.B 5.B 6.A 7.A 8.A 9.A 10.B
11.C 12.B 13.A 14.C 15.C 16.A 17.B 18.D 19.A 20.D
21.B 22.A 23.A 24.B 25.C 26.D 27.A 28.D 29.A 30.B
31.D 32.A 33.B 34.C 35.B 36.A 37.B 38.C 39.D 40.A
41.C 42.B 43.B 44.B 45.D 46.B 47.B 48.C 49.C 50.A

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU

पपपपपप पपप पपपप पपपप


पपपपपप प,पपपपपपपप
g]kfnOl~hlgol/Ë;]jf, l;len ;d'x
k|fljlwstk{m Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf, l;len ;d"x,Sub–Overseer jf ;f] ;/x kbsf] k|ltof]lutfTds
lnlvt gd\'gf kl/Iff
Key (D)
;do M $% laifoM Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf ;DjGwL k"0f{ÍM– !))

pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zg kqsf] Keyclgjfo{ pNn]v ug'{kg]{5. pNn]v gu/]df pQ/ k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5. ;fy}
k/LIffdf Calculator,Mobile k|of]u ug{ kfOg] 5}g.
a:t'ut ax'pQ/ -%)×@cÍ_M–!))
1. An offsets more than 15 m in length is known as …
A. Long offsets B. Short offsets
C. Perpenduclar offsets D. Oblique offsets
2. The Curvature of the earth is talent into account if the limit of survey is
A. 50 to 100 km2 B. 100 to 200 km2
C. 200 to 250 km2 D. more than 260 km2
3. For dimensioning and lettering normally following pencil are used ..
A. H & HB B. 2H & HB
C. H & 2HB D. 2H & 2HB
4. The size of A3 paper is
A. 297 mm x 420 mm B. 210 mm x 297 mm
C. 420 mm x 850 mm D. None of the above
5. The drawing for municipality is done at scale …
A. 1" = 8' B. 1:50
C. 1:96 D. Both a & c
6. The main objective of writing letters or alphabets on the drawing is to make the
drawing
A. More fantastic B. More informative
C. More Expansive D. All of the above
7. Pegmatite is
A. Igneous rock B. metamorphic rock
C. sedimentary rock D. granular rock
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
8. A stone rejected if it absorb water more than
A. 5% B. 10 %
C.15 % D. 20 %
9. For 50 kg cement water required is
A. 16.5 % B. 20 %
C. 22.5 % D. 25 %
10. Main constituents of best brick is
A. Silica B. Alumina
C. alkali D. lime
11. Cast iron carbon content is …….%
A. 2 B. 4
C. 2-4 D. 3-6
12. Which type of mortar has higher strength:
A. Mud B. Lime
C. Gauged D. Cement
13. PVC Stand for
A. Poly Versatile Compound B. Poly Vinyl Chloride
C. Poly Versatile Cement D. Poly Vinyl Carbon
14. Protractor is used for measuring …….
A. angle B. length
C. lands D. arc length
15. The nominal size of brick as per NBC is
A. 228*110*65 mm B. 240*115*57mm
C. 300*150*75 mm D. all of the above
16. Size of A4 paper is
A. 297x250 mm B. 297*210mm
C. 297*420 mm D. 420*850mm
17. Offsets angle used in chain surveying is
A. 30 degree B. 45 degree
C. 90 degree D. All of the above.
18. Which of the following scale is the smallest one
A. 1 cm = 10 m B. 1 cm = 100 m
C. 1 cm = 1000 m D. 1 cm = 10000 m
19. One dharni is equivalent to …….kg
A. 2.4 B. 2.45
C. 2.5 D. Any of these
20. For plastering works payment is based on measurements of…
A. Sq.m B. Cu.m
C. m D. Kg
21. Quantity of reinforcement is computed in terms of
A. Sq.m B. Cu.m
C. m D. Kg
22. The manholes is generally provided at
A. junction B. bend
C. change of gradient D. all of the above
23. Which of the following is methods of wiring
A. joint box B. Tee system
C. Loop in system D. All of the above

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
24. Power is measured in
A. Joules B. pascals
C. watt D. Ohms
25. Longest highway in Nepal is ………Highway.
A. Mahendra B. Kodrai
C .B.P D. Tribhivan Rajpath
26. Retaining wall is used for
A. River protection B. Boundary of building
C. Withstand filling materials D. All of the above
27. Ground water is obtained from
A. well B. lake
C. pond D. river
28. Hydraulic structures is designed by withstand
A. Seepage force B. Hydraulic jump
C. hydraulic pressure D. all of the above
29. Pick up the correct statement from the following:
A. Rivers, Lakes, oceans and springs get water from the rains.
B. Rain water is obtained by evaporation from rivers, lakes and oceans.
C. Water remains in atmosphere as vapours
D. All of the above
30. G.I Pipe has coating of
A. Zinc B. Silver
C. lead D. all of the above
31. For irrigation purpose, the pH value of water should be
A. between 3 and 6 B. between 6 and 8.5
C. between 8.5 to 11 D. more than 11
32. In semi urban area of Nepal, per capita demand of water is
A. 55 L B.65 L
C. 35 L D. 45 L
33. The top diameter, bottom diameter, and height of the slump mouldare :
A. 10 cm, 20 cm, 30 cm B. 10 cm, 30 cm, 20 cm
C. 20 cm, 10 cm, 30 cm D. None of the above
34. Unit weight of PCC ( Plain Cement concrete) is
A. 24 KN/m3 B. 25 KN/m3
C. 2.4 T/m3 D. Both (A) and (C)
35. The duty is largest
A. At the head of main canal B. At the head of water course
C. On the field D. Same at all place
36. Lining of canal ……. the maintenance of the canal
A. Increase B. Decrease
C. Does not affect D. None of the above
37. An underground passes used by pedestrian, vehicular traffic etc..is called,
A. Sub way B. Service road
C. Fly over D. Drive way
38. Which materials pipe has long duration of life span
A. cement concrete B. cast iron
C. steel D. G.I
39. Minimum radius of curvature for any types of curves should not be less than

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
A. 10m B. 12m
C.25 m D.20 m
40. The total reaction time for an average driver for normal situation is
A. 5 sec B. 2 sec
C. 3 sec D. 4 sec
41. Sidhartha highway connects with
A. Kathmandu - Pokhara B. Sunauli- Pokhara
C. Birgunj - Pokhara D. Mustang - Pokhara
42. The volume of course aggregate required to make 100 m3 of 1:2:4 concrete is
A. 84 m3 B. 87 m3
C. 90 m3 D. 93 m3
43. Turbidity of water is remedied by
A. Sedimentation B. Chlorination
C. Filtration D. All of the above
44. Water losses in water supply, is assumed as
A. 5 % B. 7.5 %
C. 10 % D. 15 %

45. For D.P.C at plinth level, the commonly adopted materials is,
A. Bitumen sheeting B. plastic sheeting
C. Mastic Asphalt D. cement concrete
46. The form work for vertical side of beam and column can be removed only after.
A. 1 to 2 days B. 3 days
C. 4 days D. 7 days
47. Weight of steel per cubic meter (m3)
A. 1000 kg B. 2000 kg
C. 7850 kg D. 8850 kg
48. For D.P.C at plinth level, the mostly adopted materials is,
A. Bitumen sheeting B. plastic sheeting
C. Mastic Asphalt D. cement concrete
49. The place where reading is taken is known as
A. level B. Ground
C. Station D. all of the above
50. The cement sand mortar preferred in load bearing wall is
A. 1: 2 B. 1: 4
C. 1: 8 D. 1: 6

<<<The End>>>
pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zgkqsf] Key clgjfo{ ?kn] pNn]v
ug'{kg{5 . pNn]v gu/]sf] pQ/k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5 .
ANSWER:-

1.A 2.D 3.A 4.A 5.D 6.B 7.A 8.B 9.C 10.A

11.C 12.D 13.B 14.A 15.B 16.B 17.D 18.D 19.A 20.A

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
21.D 22.D 23.D 24.C 25.A 26.C 27.D 28.D 29.D 30.A

31.B 32.B 33.A 34.D 35.C 36.B 37.A 38.B 39.B 40.B

41.B 42.B 43.C 44.D 45.D 46. 47. 48.A 49.C 50.D

Prepared by: Khem Raj Sijapati

पपपपपप पपप पपपप पपपप


पपपपपप प,पपपपपपपप
g]kfnOl~hlgol/Ë;]jf, l;len ;d'x
k|fljlwstk{m Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf, l;len ;d"x,Sub–Overseer jf ;f] ;/x kbsf] k|ltof]lutfTds
lnlvt gd\'gf kl/Iff
Key (D)
;do M $% laifoM Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf ;DjGwL k"0f{ÍM– !))

pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zg kqsf] Keyclgjfo{ pNn]v ug'{kg]{5. pNn]v gu/]df pQ/ k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5. ;fy}
k/LIffdf Calculator,Mobile k|of]u ug{ kfOg] 5}g.
a:t'ut ax'pQ/ -%)×@cÍ_M–!))

1. Pencil used for drawing very light ( Projection line ) the pencil referred is ?
A. H B. 2H
C. B D. HB
2. The size of the title box is generally ?
A. 420 X 65 mm B. 185 X 65 mm
B. 297 X 65 mm D. 185 X 50 mm
3. The point of intersection of coordinate axis is called
A. Zero - zero B. Origin
C. Cross point D. all of the above
4. The equipment mainly used to transfer the measurements is
A. Scale B. Divider
C. Compass D. Drawing pin
5. In levelling survey, the levelling equipment are generally used to measure as :
A. Spot level B. Spot angle
C. Spot area D. All of the above
6. Differential GPS ( DGPS ) is used in the following situation

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
A. When the control points are feasible to transfer to the working site
B. When the control points are very apart and difficulty to transfer to the projects site
C. When the control points are near to site and easily transfer to project site
D. In the humid and poor visibility area
7. A scale which has a common representative fraction, but read in different measures, is called
a
A. plain scale B. diagonal scale

C. shrunk scale D. comparative scale


8. Which of the following statement is correct?
The indirect ranging is resorted to when
The line ranger is used for fixing
A. B. the ends of a line are not intervisible due
intermediate points on the chain lines.
to high ground.

The chainman at the forward end of the


C. D. all of the above
chain is called leader.
9. The error in measured length due to sag of chain or tape is known as
A. positive error B. negative error

C. compensating error D. instrumental error


10. The optical square is used to measure angles by
A. refraction B. reflection

C. double refraction D. double reflection

11. The specific gravity of stone should not, in any case be less than
A. 1 B. 1.5

C. 2 D. 2.5
12. Which of the following statements is wrong?
A stone with large percentage of quartz
A. B. Quartz has a greasy lustre.
is very soft.

Felspar is a silicate of aluminium with


C. D. all of these
varying amounts of potash, soda or lime.
13. The most powerful explosive used in blasting is
A. blasting power B. dynamite

C. gun cotton D. cordite


14. The attrition test on stones is performed
to determine the crushing strength of the for assessing the resistance of stone to
A. B.
stone the sun, rain, wind etc.

for ascertain the stability of the stone for determining the rate of wear of stone
C. D.
when exposed to acid fumes due to grinding action under traffic
15. The minimum vertical clearance inside the tunnel should be..
A. 3.75 m B. 4.75 m C. 5.0 m D. 5.75 m

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU

16. A first class brick should not absorb water more than
A. 10% B. 15%

C. 20% D. 25%
17. The weight of the 10 mm diameter mild steel rod per meter length is
A. 0.22 kg B. 0. 32 kg C. 0. 42 kg D. 0.62 kg
18. The transforming the professional drawing plan into the ground is called ..
A. Layout B. As build drawing C. Offsetting D. Setting out
19. A first class brick should have a minimum crushing strength of
A. 7 MN/m2 B. 10.5 MN/m2

C. 12.5 MN/m2 D. 14 MN/m2


20. The detention time for septic tank is in the range of
A. 6 - 12 hrs B. 1-3 days

C. 3-5 days D. 1 weeks


21. The percentage of silica in a good brick clay should vary from
A. 20 to 30% B. 30 to 40%

C. 40 to 50% D. 50 to 60%
22. Distemper is used on
A. Brick wall B. Concrete surface

C. Plastered surface exposed to weather D. Plaster surface not exposed to weather


23. When heavy structural loads from columns are required to be transferred to a soil of low
bearing capacity, the most economical foundation is
A. shallow foundation B. deep foundation

C. raft foundation D. grillage foundation


24. In order to protect the beam against corrosion, a minimum cover of
A. 50 mm B. 100 mm

C. 150 mm D. 200 mm
25. For a rectangular foundation of width b, the eccentricity of the load should not be greater
than
A. b/3 B. b/4

C. b/5 D. b/6
26. The aggregate mix in which certain size particles are entirely absent is called ..
A. Well graded B. Gap graded

C. Bulk graded D. None of the above

27. The distribution bar resists against …

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
A. Deformation B. Shortening

C. Cracking D. Elongation
28. For D.P.C at plinth level, the commonly used materials is ..
A. Bitumen sheeting B. Cement concrete

C. Plastic sheeting D. Mastic asphalt

29. A semi-rigid material which forms an excellent impervious layer for damp-proofing, is
called
A. bitumen B. mastic asphalt

C. aluminal D. bituminous felt


30. The damp-proof course
A. may be horizontal or vertical B. should be continuous

C. should be good impervious material D. all of these


31. Which of the following statement is correct?
The cavity should start near the ground The cavity should terminate near eaves
A. B.
level. level in case of sloping roof.

The cavity should terminate near coping


C. D. all of the above
in case of flat roof with parapet wall.
32. Sprinklar irrigation is adopted for……..area.
A. level B. uneven

D.
C. hilly
All
33. The method of irrigation used for orchards is
A. free flooding B. border flooding

C. check flooding D. basin flooding


34. Water logging is caused due to
A. inadequate drainage facilities
B. over irrigation
C. presence of impermeable strata
D. all of the above

35. A Canal in which aligned at right angle to the contour is called..


A. Branch canal B. Side slope canal

C. Contour canal D. none of these


36. Hook's holds good for
A. Proportionality limit B. Elastic limit

C. plastic limit D. All of above

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
37. Lengths of tunnel of BheriBabai Diversion projects is ..
A. 8 km B. 10 km

C. 12 km D. 15 km
38. Run-off is measured in
A. m3/s B. m3/min

C. m3/h D. none of these


39. The unit of measurements for scaffolding is .
A. Meter B. Square meter

C. Cubic meter D. Lump sump


40. Measurements of soling works is done in..
A. Running Meter B. Square meter

C. Cubic meter D. All of the above


41. In analysis of rates, the profit and overhead for the contractor is generally taken as.
A. 5% B. 10 %

C. 15 % D. 20 %
42. Revised estimate is prepared when the sanctioned original detail estimated exceeds by?
A. 5% B. 10 % C. 15 % D. 20 %
43. Minimum longtidunal slope of road side drains As per NRS is ?
A. 0.5 % B. 1%

C. 1.5 % D. 2%
44. The construction of a temporary structure required to support an unsafe structure, is
called
A. underpinning B. scaffolding

C. shoring D. jacking
46. An under ground passage used by pedestrains, vehicular traffic etc, is called
A. sub way B. service road
C. Fly over D. any of the above
47. Power stations are generally treated as
A. light construction B. heavy construction
C. Heavy construction D. None of the above
48. The maximum bending moment due to a moving load on a simply supported beam,
occurs
A. at the mid span B. at the supports
C. under the load D. anywhere on the beam
49. The maximum area of tension reinforcement in beams shall not exceed
A. 0.15% B. 1.5%
C. 4% D. 1%
50. cement mortar mix generally used for celling plaster is…
A. 1:3 B. 1:4
C. 1:5 D.1:6

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
<<<The End>>>
pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zgkqsf] Key clgjfo{ ?kn] pNn]v
ug'{kg{5 . pNn]v gu/]sf] pQ/k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5 .
Prepared by: Khem Raj Sijapati

पपपपपप पपप पपपप पपपप


पपपपपप प,पपपपपपपप
g]kfnOl~hlgol/Ë;]jf, l;len ;d'x
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
k|fljlwstk{m Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf, l;len ;d"x,Sub–Overseer jf ;f] ;/x kbsf] k|ltof]lutfTds
lnlvt gd\'gf kl/Iff
Key (D)
;do M $% laifoM Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf ;DjGwL k"0f{ÍM– !))

pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zg kqsf] Keyclgjfo{ pNn]v ug'{kg]{5. pNn]v gu/]df pQ/ k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5. ;fy}
k/LIffdf Calculator,Mobile k|of]u ug{ kfOg] 5}g.
a:t'ut ax'pQ/ -%)×@cÍ_M–!))
1. The text height for room names should be set to ________for a drawing
that will be plotted to a scale of ¼" = 1'-0".
A) 4" (B) 5"
(C) 6" (D) 8"
2. The space between two sentences should be left equal to
a) height of letter b) twice the ht. of letter
c) 1.5 times ht. of letter d) none of the above
3. The point of intersection of co-ordinate axis is called
a) zero-zero b)origin
c) cross point d) all of the above
4. set squares are not used to draw
A. straight line B. vertical line T-square
C. Horizontal line D. all of the above
5. Generally, the units used on an architectural drawing are set to __________
a) Architectural b) Engineering
c) Matric d) Civil
6. In long and short wall method of estimation, the length of long wall is the centre to centre
between the walls and
a) breadth of the wall b) half breadth of wall on each side
c) one fourth breadth of wall on each side d) None of the above
7. The unit of measurement for 10 cm thick brick wall is,
A. meter B. square meter
C. cubic meter D. Any of the above
8. Compute the amount of cement required for 10 m3 RCC having M20 (1:1.5:3).
A. 3975 kg B. 79.54 bags
B. 2.76 m3 D. all of the above
9. The volume of cement required to prepare 100 cubic meter of 1:2:4 concrete is
A. 16m3 B. 32m3
B. 25m3 D. 21m3
10. Due to change in price level, a revised estimate is prepared if the sanctioned estimate
exceeds
A. 0.5 % B. 1%
C. 3 % D.5 %
11. If S is the length of a subchord and R is the radius of simple curve, the angle of
deflection between its tangent and sub-chord, in minutes, is equal to
A. 1718.9 S/R. B. 573 R/S
C. 171.9 S/R D. 1718.9 R/S

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
12. The 'fix' of a plane table station with three known points, is bad if the plane table
station lies
A. in the great triangle
B. outside the great triangle
C. on the circumference of the circumscribing circle
D. None of the above
13. The smaller horizontal angle between the true meridian and a survey line, is known as
A. azimuth B. dip
C. bearing D. declination
14. Closed contours of decreasing values towards their centre, represent
A. a hill B. a depression
C.both a and b D. none of these
15. The bearings of the lines AB and BC are 146° 30' and 68° 30'. The included angle ABC is
A. 102° B. 78°
C. 45° D. none of the above
16. In a whole circle system, the bearing of a line is measured
A. always clockwise from the south point of the reference meridian towards the line right
round the circle
B. clockwise or anticlockwise from the east or west whichever is nearer the line towards
north or south
C. clockwise or anticlockwise from the north or south whichever is nearer the line towards
east or west
D. None of the above
17. A fine-grained granite
A. offers higher resistance to weathering
B. can be easily polished and worked
C. is used for exterior facing of buildings
D. All of the above
18. The specific gravity of sandstone is
A. 1.1 to 1.8 B. 1.8 to 2.65
C. 2.65 to 2.95 D. 2.95 to 3.4
19. The most weather resisting metamorphic rock is
A. lime stone B. slate
C. marble D. quartzite
20. During production of cement raw materials are mixed in
A. ball mill B. pug mill
C. rice mill D. cement mill
21. If P is the percentage of water required for normal consistency, water to be added for
determination of initial setting time is ,
A. 0.70 P B. 0.75 P
C. 0.80 P D. 0.85 P
22. In the sieve analysis of fineness test, the residue on IS sieve no 9 after 15 minutes of
sieving should not be more than
A. 5 % B. 7.5 %
C. 10 % D. 15 %
23. For R.C.C. construction, the maximum size of coarse aggregate is limited to
A. 10 mm B. 15 mm
C. 20 mm D. 25 mm
24. The following elements of a paint is used as base, pigment, as well as drier

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
A. red lead B. white lead
C. black lead D. all of the above
25. During compressive strength load is applied at the rate of
A. 10 N/mm2/Min B.12 N/mm2/Min
C. 14 N/mm2/Min D. 16 N/mm2/Min
26. Normally the wood used for scaffolding is
A. bamboo B. mango
C.shisham D.sal
27. Teak wood is suitable for
A. starts article B. furniture
C. railway sleeper D.allof the above
28. The shape of the bull trench kiln is
A. circular B. rectangular
C. pentagonal D. elliptical
29. Based on its dry weight, a freshly felled tree may contain water
A. 25 % B. 50 %
C. 75 % D. 100 %
30. The breaking up of cohesion in a mass of concrete is called
A. Workability B. Segregation
C. Bleeding D. Any of the above
31. In cold water curing should be contained for ……days
A.7 B. 14
C. 21 D. 28
32. The aggregate is said to be elongated when
A. its least dimension is three-fifth of its mean dimension
B. its least dimension is equal to its mean dimension
C. its length is equal to its mean dimension
D. its length is equal to 1.8 times its mean dimension
33. The shape of the septic tanks is/ are
A. Rectangular B. Circular
C. both (a) and (b) D. None of the above
34. Which types of power supply system is needed if small amount of power is required?
A.single phase system B. double phase system
C.three phase system D. none of the above
35. Generally man holes are provided at each
A. Bend B. junction
C. change of sewer diameter D. Change of gradient
36. The bed of a canal is lowered in case of
A. Syphon aqueduct B. level crossing
C. Canal siphon D. All of the above
37. Local road are responsibility of
A. local level B. federal level
C. provincial level D. None of the above
38. Which of the following is not the type of cross drain
A. bridge B. pipe culvert
C. cause way D. all of the above
39. Which standards is best applicable in case rural roads,
A. Nepal Rural Road Standard B. Nepal Road Standard
C. IRC- Guidelines D. Rural Access Program Guide

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
40. The tender is:
A. a notice inviting bids
B. written offer submitted by contractor to execute works
C. an agreement enforceable by law
D. none of the above
41. In a super-passage, the F.S.L. of the canal is
A. lower than the underside of the trough carrying drainage water
B. above the bed level of the drainage trough
C. in level with the drainage trough
42. As per NRS 2070, min width of footpath shall be
(A) 1m (B) 1.5m
(C) 2m (D) 2.5m
43. Airport elevation is the reduced level above M.S.L. of
A. Control tower
B. Highest point of landing area
C. Lowest point of landing area
D. Any of these
44. In hilly area with rock exposed, generally the most suitable canal type is
A. lined canal B. unlined canal
C. semi- circular section canal D. None of the above
45. Cross slope of road (camber ) is
A. highest in concrete road B.highest in bituminous road
C. highest in earthen road D.Equal in all types of road
46 To ensure that supporting area of an offset footing of a boundary wall is fully
compressive, the C.G. of load must act
A. at the centre of the base
B. within the middle third of the base
C within the middle fifth of the base
D. neither (a), (b) nor (c).
47. Length of tunnel of Bheri Babai Diversion Project, is
(A) 8 km (B)10 km
(C) 12 km (D) 15 km
48. A canal in which aligned at right angle to the contour
(A) Contour canal (B) branch canal
(C) side slope canal (D) none
49. The scour depth of a river during flood, may be calculated from Lacey formula, is
(A) 0.47(Q/f) (B) 0.47(Q/f)1/2
(C) 0.47(Q/f) 1/3 (D) 0.47(Q/f)1/4
50. A land said to be water logged if its soil pores within
(A) a depth of 40cm are saturated (B) a depth 50 cm are saturated
(C) root zone of the crops are saturated (D) All the above

Prepared by: Khem Raj Sijapati

पपपपपप पपप पपपप पपपप


पपपपपप प,पपपपपपपप
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
g]kfnOl~hlgol/Ë;]jf, l;len ;d'x
k|fljlwstk{m Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf, l;len ;d"x,Sub–Overseer jf ;f] ;/x kbsf] k|ltof]lutfTds
lnlvt gd\'gf kl/Iff
Key (D)
;do M $% laifoM Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf ;DjGwL k"0f{ÍM– !))

pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zg kqsf] Keyclgjfo{ pNn]v ug'{kg]{5. pNn]v gu/]df pQ/ k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5. ;fy}
k/LIffdf Calculator,Mobile k|of]u ug{ kfOg] 5}g.
a:t'ut ax'pQ/ -%)×@cÍ_M–!))
1. Working edge of the drawing board is kept…….. of the users ,
(A) Left (B) Right
(C) Ahead (D) All of the above
2. To draw or measure angles ……… is used,
(A) Set-square (B) T-square
(C) Protractor (D) all of above
3. For dimensioning and lettering normally following pencil are used ..
(A) H & HB (B) 2H & HB
(C) H & 2HB (D) 2H & 2HB
4. The size of A3 paper is
(A) 297 mm x 420 mm (B) 210 mm x 297 mm
(C) 420 mm x 850 mm (D) None of the above
5. The main objective of writing letters or alphabets on the drawing is to make the
drawing
(A) More fantastic (B) More informative
(C) More Expansive (D) All of the above
6. Generally the unit of measurements of partition wall is,
(A) cu m (B) sq m
(C) Rm (D) None of above
7. One metric horse power is equal to
(A) 1.36 kw (B) 0.736 kw
(C) 1.736 kw (D) 0.746 kw
8. Measurements of railing of staircase
(A) Rm (B) sq m
(B) cu m (D) Lump sump
9. The volume of cement required to make 100 m3 of 1:2:4 concrete is
(A) 22 m3 (B) 33 m3
(C) 44 m3 (D) 88 m3
10. An estimate is:
(A) The calculations of quantities required item construction of a work
(B) The computation of expenditure likely to be incurred in the construction of work
(C) Both of the above
(D) None of the above
11. The effects of local attraction is observed in
(A) Chain survey (B) Compass survey

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
(C) Plane table survey (D) levelling
12. The Horizontal angle which a survey lines makes with the magnetic meridian is known
as
(A) Altitude (B) Azimuth
(C) Declination (D) Bearing
13. Hydrographic survey deals with the mapping of
(A) Large water bodies (B) Canal system
(C) Cloud movement (D) None of the above
14. The tie lines is run through the survey to
(A) Take offsets for details surveying
(B) Take details of near by objects
(C) Check accuracy of the work
(D) All of the above
15. An average length of a pace is
(A) 60 cm (B) 80 cm
(C)100 cm (D) None of the above.
16. Which of the following scale is the smallest one
(A) 1 cm = 10 m (B) 1 cm = 100 m
(C) 1 cm = 1000 m (D) 1 cm = 10000 m
17. Good quality Building stone should not contain soluble salt more than
(A) 0 % (B) 1 %
(C) 2 % (D) 20 %
18. A stone is rejected if the water absorption is more than
(A) 10 % (B) 15 %
(C) 20 % (D) None of the above
19. The principle constituents of good brick earth is
(A) Alumina (B) Silica
(C) lime (D) Alkalies
20. Concrete is said to be grade of M20, if its 28 day strength is
(A) 2kg/ mm2 (B) 20 kg/mm2
(C) 200 kg/ mm2 (D) 2000 kg/mm2
21. Which of the following has highest crushing strengths
(A) Lime stone (B) Granite
(C) Gneiss (D) laterite
22. Which of the following has highest compressive strengths
(A) Lime stone (B) Granite
(C) Gneiss (D) laterite
23. The strengths of cement is reduced by …… after 6 months
(A) 20 % (B) 30 %
(C)40% (D)50%
24. Which of the following statement is correct?
(A) The sand used for making mortar should be fine.
(B) The rounded grains of sand produce a strong mortar.
(C) The mortar made with coarse sand is stronger than the one made with fine stan(D)
(D) All of the above.
25. Workability is tested by
(A) Slump test (B) vee bee test
(C) compaction factor test (D) All of the above

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
26. The strength of RHPC ( Rapid Harding Portland cement ) for one day is equal to … day
of OPC,
(A) 2 days (B) 3 days
(C) 4 days (D) 5 days
27. Distemper is used on
(A) Roof top
(B) Plastered surface exposed to weather
(C) Plastered surface not exposed to weather
(D) Un plastered surface exposed as well as not exposed to weather
28. Specific gravity of water is
(A) 1 (B) 10
(C) 100 (D) 1000
29. The cement widely used in retaining wall, is
(A) Rapid hardening cement (B) Low heat cement
(C) Sulphate resisting cement (D) Ordinary Portland cement
30. Which of the following cements is expected to have the highest compressive strength after 3
days.
(A) Ordinary Portland cement (B) Rapid hardening cement
(C) High alumina cement (D) Sulphate resisting cement.
31. The top diameter, bottom diameter, and height of the slump mouldare :
(A) 10 cm, 20 cm, 30 cm (B) 10 cm, 30 cm, 20 cm
(C) 20 cm, 10 cm, 30 cm (D) None of the above
32. For a structure subjected to the action of sea water, the cement used is
(A) Ordinary Portland cement (B) Rapid hardening cement
(C) High alumina cement (D) Sulphate resisting cement.
33. The duty is largest
(A) At the head of main canal (B) At the head of water course
(C) On the field (D) Same at all place
34. Lining of canal ……. the maintenance of the canal
(A) Increase (B) Decrease
(C) Does not affect (D) None of the above
35. An underground passes used by pedestrian, vehicular traffic et(C).is called,
(A) Sub way (B) Service road
(C) Fly over (D) Drive way
36. For irrigation purpose , the pH value of water should be
(A) Between 3 & 6 (B) Between 6 & 8.5
(C) Between 8.5 & 11 (D) more than 11
37. Minimum radius of curvature for any types of curves should not be less than
(A) 10m (B) 12m
(C)25 m (D)20 m
38. The total reaction time for an average driver for normal situation is
(A) 5 sec (B) 2 sec
(C) 3 sec (D) 4 sec
39. Sidhartha highway connects with
(A) Kathmandu - Pokhara (B) Sunauli- Pokhara
(C) Birgunj - Pokhara (D) Mustang - Pokhara
40. When the drain is over the canal, the structure provided is known as
(A) Aqueduct (B) Super passage

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
(C) Canal siphon (D) siphon aqueduct
41. Turbidity of water is remedied by
(A) Sedimentation (B) Chlorination
(C) Filtration (D) All of the above
42. Water losses in water supply, is assumed as
(A) 5 % (B) 7.5 %
(C) 10 % (D) 15 %
43. For (D)P.C at plinth level, the commonly adopted materials is,
(A) Bitumen sheeting (B) plastic sheeting
(C) Mastic Asphalt (D) cement concrete
44. Military organization is known as
(A) Line organization (B) Line and staff organization
(C) Functional organization (D) None of the above
45. The ratio of the volume of air voids to the volume of voids, is called
(A) Air content (B) Porosity
(C) Void ratio (D) Any of above
46. For (D)P.C at plinth level, the mostly adopted materials is,
(A) Bitumen sheeting (B) plastic sheeting
(C) Mastic Asphalt (D) cement concrete
47. A stone is rejected if water absorption is more than
(A) 5% (B) 10%
(C) 15% (D) 20%
48. Minimum compressive strength of 1st class bricks should be
(A) 75 kg/cm2 (B) 90 kg/cm2
(C) 100 kg/cm 2 (D) 120 kg/cm2
49. Quartzite is a
(A) metamorphic rock (B) algillaceous rock
(C) calcarreous rock (D)silicious rock
50. Sewer pipes are made of
(A)earthen ware (B)stone ware
(C)refractory ware (D)teracota

<<<The End>>>
pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zgkqsf] Key clgjfo{ ?kn] pNn]v ug'{kg{5 .
pNn]v gu/]sf] pQ/k'l:tsf /2 x'g
1.A 2.C 3.A 4.A 5.B 6.B 7.B 8.A 9.A 10.C 11.B 12.D 13.A
14.B 15.B 16.D 17.A 18.A 19.B 20.A 22.B 23.B 24.C 25.D 26.B 27.C
28.A 29.B 30.C 31.A 32.C 33.C 34.B 35.A 36.B 37.B 38.B 39.B 40.B
41.C 42.D 43.D 44.A 45.A 46.A 47.A 48.C 49.D 50.B

BEST OF LUCK
Prepared by: Khem Raj Sijapati

पपपपपप पपप पपपप पपपप


पपपपपप प,पपपपपपपप
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
g]kfnOl~hlgol/Ë;]jf, l;len ;d'x
k|fljlwstk{m Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf, l;len ;d"x,Sub–Overseer jf ;f] ;/x kbsf] k|ltof]lutfTds
lnlvt gd\'gf kl/Iff
Key (D)
;do M $% laifoM Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf ;DjGwL k"0f{ÍM– !))

pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zg kqsf] Keyclgjfo{ pNn]v ug'{kg]{5. pNn]v gu/]df pQ/ k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5. ;fy}
k/LIffdf Calculator,Mobile k|of]u ug{ kfOg] 5}g.
a:t'ut ax'pQ/ -%)×@cÍ_M–!))
1. The principle of super position is valid only and only if the material, is
(A) Elastic (B) Stress- Stain relationship is linear
(C) Plastic (D) Elastic plastic
2. In a truss, the joints are considered to be
(A) rigid (B) pin joints
(C) Bolted Joints (C) welded
3. At free end of cantilever beam
(A) The slope and deflection are zero (B) the moments and shear is zero
(C) the moment is zero but not shear (D) the shear is zero but not moment
4.In a cantilever beam, a moment M is applied at the free end yields slope at free end
(A) ML/4EI (B) ML/3I
(C) ML/2EI (D) ML/EI

5. Ratio of cement, sand and aggregate for M25, is


(A) 1:1:2 (B) 1:1.5:3 (C) 1:2:4 (D) 1:3:6
6. Spacing of shear stirrup is
(A) Minimum at center (B) Maximum at centre
(C) Same throughout section (D) none of these
7. Minimum lap for compression bars, is
(A) 20ɸ (B) 24 ɸ (C) 28ɸ (D) 32ɸ
8. Minimum percentage of steel in column, is
(A) 0.40% (B) 0.80% (C) 1% (D) 1.2%

9. The main principle of survey is to work


(A) From part to whole (B) From whole to part
(C) From higher level to the lower level (D) From lower level to higher level
10. The short offset is measured with
(A) Ordinary chain (B) an invert tape
(C)a metallic tape (D) a steel tape
11. The angle between two plane mirrors of optical square

(A) 20° (B) 30°


(C) 45° (D) 60°
12. Accidental or compensating errors of length L are proportional to
(A) L (B) L1/2
(C) L1/3 (D) L2
13. Inner part of timber log surrounding the pitch, is called
(A)sapwood (B) cambium layer
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
(C)heart wood (D) none of these
14. The base material for distemper, is
(A) Chalk (B) lime
(C) Lime Putty (D) cement wash
15 According to ISI, bitumen is classified into
(A) 2 grades (B) 4 grades
(C) 6 grades (D) 10 grades
16. Maximum size of clay particle is
(A) 0.002 mm (B) 0.04mm
(C) 0.02 mm (D) 0.06mm
17. The ratio of the volume of voids to volume of solids in soil mass, is known as
(A)void ratio (B) porosity
(C) water content (D) specific gravity
18. A pycnometer is used to measure
(A) Void ratio (B) dry density
(C) water content (D) density index
19. During the seepage trough soil, direction of seepage is always
(A) parallel to equipotential line (B) perpendicular to stream lines
(C)perpendicular to equipotential lines (D) None of these
20. Design speed for class I road in plain terrain, is
(A) 80 km/hr (B) 100 km/hr
(C) 120 km/hr (D) 140 km/hr
21. The minimum shoulder width for road class II is
(A) 3.75m (B)2.5 m
(C) 2m (D) 1.5m
22. According to Nepal Road Standard 2070, the Right of way for feeder road is
(A)50m (B)30m
(C) 20m (D) 25m
23. Most suitable material for highway embankment is
(A) Granular soil (B) organic soil
(C) Silts (D) clays
24. The ductility value of bitumen for suitability in road construction should not be less than
(A) 30cm (B)40cm
(C) 50cm (D) 60cm
25. The absolute minimum radius of horizontal curve for a design speed 60Km/hr is
(A) 131m (B)210m
(C) 360m (D) none of the above
26. In water bound macadam roads, binding material, is
(A) sand (B) stone dust
(C) cement (D) brick dust
27. The height of the Pilots eyes above the runway surface is assumed
(A)1m (B)3m
(C) 4m (D) 5m
28. The technique of finding the exact price of existing building or property is known as
(A) pricing (B) estimation
(C) valuation (D) costing
29. The running bill is also known as
(A) final bill (B) interim bill
(C) both (D) none of the above
30. The unit of measurement of cornice is
(A) m3 (B) m2
(C) m (D) kg

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
31. The information which cannot be included in drawings is conveyed to estimator through
(A) Specification (B) cover note
(C) progress chart (D) all of the above
32. The first stages of construction project is
(A) survey of site (B) initiation of proposal
(C)preparation of tender (D) allocation of fund
33. Site order book is for recording
(A) instruction by executive engineer (B) construction measurement
(C) issue of store equipment (D) name of casual labor
34. The performance security of contractor is refunded after
(A) DLP (B) maintenance period
(C)both (D)none of the above
35. Which is responsible for accident occurred at worksite
(A) consultant (B) contractor
(D)petti-contractor (D) himself
36. To measure very low pressure we, use
(A) barometers (B) piezometers
(c)manometers (D)differential manometers
37. The upper surface of the weir over which water flows is known as
(A) vein (B) nappe
(C) sill (D) none
38. Falling drops of water becomes sphere due to
(A) adhesion (B) cohesion
(C) surface tension (D) viscosity
39. Cavitation is caused by
(A) Low pressure (B) high pressure
(C)Low velocity (D) high velocity
40. The ratios of volume of air voids to the volume of total voids is
(A)air content (B)percentage air voids
(C)porosity (D) percentage voids
41. A flow net may be utilized for the determination of
(A) exit gradient (B) seepage
(C)hydrostatic pressure (D) all
42. Accurate determination of water content, is made by
(A) calcium carbide method (B) sand bath method
(C) alcohol method (D) oven-drying method.
43. The bearing capacity of a soil depends upon
(A)size of the particles (B) Shape of the particles
(C)cohesive properties of particles (D) all the above
44. B.O.D. of treated water should be
(A) nil (B) 20ppm
(C) 30ppm (D) 10ppm
45. The depth of rice root zone is
(A)50cm (B)60cm
(C)70cm (D)90cm
46) A river training work is generally required when the river is
(A) meandering (B) aggrading
(C) degrading (D) all the above
47. The ultimate nearing capacity of soil, is
(A) total load on the bearing area (B) safe load on bearing area
(C)load at soil which soil fails (D) load at which soil consolidates
48. Minimum no. of pile require to support a column, is

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
(A) 1 (B) 2
(C) 3 (D) 4
49. The specific gravity of sand is approximately
(A) 2.5 (B) 2.65
(C) 2.75 (D) 2.85
50. Horizontal flow of water in soil is due to
(A) Permeability (B) Porosity
(C) Consolidation (D) Percolation

"If you have any complain about questions,please directly contact with respective person who prepared"

<<<The End>>>
pQ/k'l:tsfdfk|Zgkqsf] Key clgjfo{ ?kn] pNn]v ug'{kg{5
. pNn]vgu/]sf] pQ/k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5 .

=====================================================================
Like facebook pagewww.fb.com.NIMS Loksewa तयारी काठिाडौ

पपपपपप पपप पपपप पपपप


पपपपपप प,पपपपपपपप
g]kfnOl~hlgol/Ë;]jf, l;len ;d'x

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
k|fljlwstk{m Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf, l;len ;d"x,Sub–Overseer jf ;f] ;/x kbsf] k|ltof]lutfTds
lnlvt gd\'gf kl/Iff
Key (D)
;do M $% laifoM Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf ;DjGwL k"0f{ÍM– !))

pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zg kqsf] Keyclgjfo{ pNn]v ug'{kg]{5. pNn]v gu/]df pQ/ k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5. ;fy}
k/LIffdf Calculator,Mobile k|of]u ug{ kfOg] 5}g.
a:t'ut ax'pQ/ -%)×@cÍ_M–!))
1. Which tool can be used to draw a 90 degree angle ?
A. 30/60 traingle B. protractor
C. drafting machine D. All of the above
2. Which type of line is the part of a dimension
A. break line B. extension line
C. cutting plane lines D. all of above
3. Which line type is thin and light ?
A. visible line B. construction line
C. center line D.all of the above
4. Which of the following represent reducing scale ?
A. 1:1 B. 1:2
C.2:1 D. None of the above
5. French curve are used to draw
A. irregular curve B. regular curves
C. Circle D. all of the above
6. The main objective of writing letters or alphabets on the drawing is to make the
drawing
A. More fantastic B. More informative
C. More Expansive D. All of the above
7. In case of laying gullies,siphons, intercepting traps, the cost includes
A. setting and laying B. bed concreting
C. connection of drains D. all of the above

8. In long and short wall method of estimation, the length of long wall is the centre
to centre distance between the walls and
A.breadth of the wall
B.half breadth of wall on each side
C.one fourth breadth of wall on each side
D.None of these.
9. The excavation exceeding 1.5 m in width and 10 sq.m in plan area with a depth
not exceeding 30 cm, is termed as
A. excavation B. surface dressing
B. cutting D. surface excavation
10. The volume of cement required to make 100 m3 of 1:2:4 concrete is
A. 22 m3 B. 33 m3
C. 44 m3 D. 88 m3
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
11. The measurements is not made in square meter in case of
A. D.P.C ( Damp Proof course) B. Form works
C. concrete jaffries D. RC chhajja
12. The detention period in septic tank
A. 20 minutes B. 25 minutes
C. 30 minutes D. 40 minutes
13. For true difference in elevations between two points A and B, the level must be set
up
A. at any point between A and B B. at the exact mid point of A and B
C.near the point AD.near the point B.
14. The angle which a survey lines makes with the true meridian is known as
A. Altitude B. Azimuth
C. Declination D. Bearing
15. The main principle of surveying is to work from
A. whole to the part B.part to the whole
C. both of the above D. None of the above
16. Determining the difference in elevation between two points on the surface of the
earth, is known as
A. levelling B. simple levelling
C. differential levellingD. longitudinal levelling
17. In case of double line river,contours are
A.stopped at the banks of the river
B.stopped at the edge of the river
C.drawn across the water
D. drawn by parabolic curves having their vertex at the centre of the water.
18. The first reading from a level stations is
A. back sight B. fore sight
C. intermediate sight D.any of the above
19. The tendency of a stone is, to split along
A. texture B. fracture
C. cleavage D. structure
20. Acrylic is the name of
A.cellulose resin B.alkyd resin
C.methyl methacrylate D. cumarone-indene
21. The principle constituents of good brick earth is
A. AluminaB. Silica
C. lime D. Alkalies
22. The material generally not used as extender in paints, is
A. powdered silica B. gypsum
C. talcD. zinc white
23. Mastic asphalt is normally used for
A. sound insulation B. water proofing
C. fire proofing D. none of the above
24. Which of the following has highest compressive strengths
A. Lime stone B. Granite
C. Gneiss D. laterite
25. The strengths of cement is reduced by …… after 3 months
A. 20 % B. 30 %

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
C.40% D.50%
26. As per IS specification, the minimum time for initial setting of ordinary Portland
cement ( OPC) is ..
A. 20 minutes B. 30 minutes
C. 60 minutes D. 10 Hours
27. Lime stone is not a
A. sedimentary rock B. stratified rock
C. aqueous rock D.metamorphic rock
28. A piece of timber whose thickness and width are respectively 5 cm and 10 cm is
called
A. slate B.plank
C. board D.strip
29. The rocks which are formed due to pouring of magma at the earth's surface are
called
A. Plutonic rocks B. Hypabyssal rocks
C. Volcanic rocks D. Igneous rocks
30. Specific gravity of water is
A. 1 B. 10
C. 100 D. 1000
31. The cement widely used in retaining wall, is
A. Rapid hardening cement B. Low heat cement
C. Sulphate resisting cement D. Ordinary Portland cement
32. Invar contains,
A. 12 % of nickel B.24 % of nickel
C. 30 % of nickel D.36 % of nickel
33. The top diameter, bottom diameter, and height of the slump mouldare :
A. 10 cm, 10 cm, 30 cm B. 10 cm, 30 cm, 20 cm
C. 20 cm, 10 cm, 30 cm D. None of the above
34. Most commonly used solvent in oil paint
A. petroleum B. spirit
C. coaltar D. turpentine
35. A part of water which exists in the porous space of the soil by molecular attraction, is
known as
A. capillary water B. gravitational water
C. hygroscopic water D. all of these
36. A contour canal
A.is most suitable in hilly areas B.irrigates only on one sides
C. is aligned parallel to the contour of the country D. all of the above
37. Water logging is caused due to
A. inadequate drainage facilities B. over irrigation
C. presence of impermeable strata D. all of the above
38. For the transportation purpose in nepal, the first preference is given to
A. airlines B. roads
C. shipping D. railways

39. The portion of a road surface, which is used by vehicular traffic, is known as
A. carriage way B. shoulder
C. express way D. all of these

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
40. For geometrical design purpose, the speed used in highway is :
a) 98th percentile b) 85th percentile
c) 50th percentile d) None of these
41. Estimate is
a) The actual cost of construction of a structure
b) The probable cost arrived at before
c) A random guess of the cost of the structure
d) None of the above
42. Which of the following is the most correct estimate?
a) Plinth area estimate
b) Cube rate estimate
c) Detailed estimate
d) Building cost index estimate
43. A document containing detailed description of all item of work (but their quantities
are not mentioned together with their current rates is called
a) Tender b) schedule of rate
c) analysis of rate d) Abstract estimate
44. Working out the exact quantities of various items of work is known as
a) Estimating b) menstruation
c) quantity surveying d) Valuation
45. The process of calculating the resources requirement of a project is known as
a) Scheduling b) coordinating
c) resource aggregation d) all of these
46. The chart which gives an estimate about the amount of materials handling between
various work stations is known as
a) Flow chart b) process chart
c) travel chart d) Gantt chart
47. The bar chart is also known as
a)Flow chart b) time chart
c) travel chart d) Gantt chart
48. In the analysis of rate, the profit for the contractor is generally taken as
a) 20% b) 15% c)10% d)5%
49. The height of the pilot's eye above the runway surface is assumed
a) lm b)3m c) 4m d)5m
50. The runway orientation is made so that landing and take off are Against the wind
direction
a) A gainst the wind sirection
b) Along the wind direction
c) Perpendicular to wind direction
d)none of these

पपपपपप पपप पपपप पपपप


पपपपपप प,पपपपपपपप
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
g]kfnOl~hlgol/Ë;]jf, l;len ;d'x
k|fljlwstk{m Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf, l;len ;d"x,Sub–Overseer jf ;f] ;/x kbsf] k|ltof]lutfTds
lnlvt gd\'gf kl/Iff
Key (D)
;do M $% laifoM Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf ;DjGwL k"0f{ÍM– !))

pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zg kqsf] Keyclgjfo{ pNn]v ug'{kg]{5. pNn]v gu/]df pQ/ k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5. ;fy}
k/LIffdf Calculator,Mobile k|of]u ug{ kfOg] 5}g.
a:t'ut ax'pQ/ -%)×@cÍ_M–!))
1. In Plane surveying
A. The curvature of the earth is taken into consideration
B. the surveys extend over small areas
C. the surveys extend over large areas
D. all of the above
2. The difference between the sum of the angles of a apherical triangle on the
earth's surface and the angles of the corresponding plane triangle for every 195.5
km2 of area is only
A. 1 second B. 5 second
C.10 second D. 15 second
3. In order to determine the natural features such as valleys, rivers, lakes etc., the
surveying preferred is
A. City Survey B. Topographical Survey
C. Plane survey D. Hydrological survey
4. A base line in a chain survey
A. checks the accuracy of the framework
B. enables the surveyor to locate the interior details which are far away from the main
chain lines
C. fixes up the directions of all other lines
D. all of the above
5. Turpentine oil is used in paints as a
A. base B. thinner
C. drier D. vehicle
6. In order to dry the quarry sap of a freshly quarried slone, it should be exposed to
open air for a period of
A. One months B. Three months
C. 6 to 12 months D. 24 months
7. The maximum percentage of water absorption of 1st class brick in 24 hrs
should be limited to
A. 10 % B. 15 %
C. 20 % D. 24 %
8. Laterite is chemically classified as
A. caleareous rock B. argillaceous rock
C. sillcious rock D. metamorphic rock
9. Orthographic projection means :

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
A. 90 degree B. 45 degree
C. 30 degree D. All of the above
10. In case of orthographic projection the number of view generally used are
A. 2 B. 4
C. 6 D. 8
11. Which line type is thin and light ?
A. visible line B. construction line
C. center line D. all of the above
12. Free hand sketch is normally used for
A. concept B. final
C. Discussion D. None of the above
13. Drawing board is made of
A. well seasoned soft wood B. well seasoned hard wood
C. moisted soft wood D. Both a & c
14. Find the R.F for scale 1 cm = 10 m
A. 1/10 B. 1/100
C. 1/1000 D. 1/10000
15. The force per unit length is the unit of
A. Surface Tension B. Force
C. Viscosity D. Capillarity
16. One litre of water occupies a volume of
A. 100 cm3 B. 250 cm3
C. 500 cm3 D. 1000 cm3
17 The soil transported by wind is called
A. aeolian soil B. marine soil
C. alluvial soil D. all of the above
18. A pycnometer is used to determine
A. specific gravity and dry density B. water content and void ratio
C.water content and specific gravity D.dry density and void ratio
19. particle size range is measured by
A. effective size B. uniformity coefficient
C. coefficient of curvature D. none of the above
20 The ratio of the volume of voids to the total volume of soil mass is called
A. Void ratio B. Porosity
C. water content D. Air content
21. Ratio of cement, sand and aggregate for M25, is
A. 1:1:2 B. 1:1.5:3
C. 1:2:4 D. 1:3:6
22. Minimum percentage of steel in column, is
A. 0.40 % B. 0.6 %
C. 0.8 D .1 %
23. Effective length of column, if both ends are fixed, is
A. L B. 0.5L
C. 2L D. 0.713L
24. The cover provided in the column having size greater than 200 mm x 200 mm
A. 15 mm B. 20 mm
C. 25 mm D. 40 mm

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
25. In vertical D.P.C. ,thickness of cement concrete is
A. 2 cm B. 4 cm
C. 6 cm D. 8 cm
26. Expansion joins in masonry walls are provided if length exceeds
A. 10 m B. 20 m
C. 40 m D. 45 m
27. Minimum width of staircase for residential buildings,
A. 70 cm B. 80 cm
C. 100 cm D. 110 cm
28. In horizontal D.P.C. ,thickness of cement concrete is
A. 2 cm B. 4 cm
C. 6 cm D. 8 cm
29. Design period for rural water supply system, is
A. 10 years B. 15 years
C. 20 years D. 25 years
30. Percentage of population which have access to safe water supply
A. 80 % B. 85 %
C. 90 % D. 75 %
31. Two sewer section laid at same grade, will be hydraulically equivalent, if
A. Their discharge capacity when running full are equal
B. Their flow velocity when running full are equal
C. Their flowing area running full are equal
D. All the above factors are equal.
32. Minimum size of manhole, is
A. 30 cm B. 45 cm
C. 60 cm D. 80 cm
33. The weight of 12 mm diameter mild steel rod per meter length is equal to
A. 0.62 kg B. 0.88 kg
C. 0.40 kg D. 0.22 kg
34. Yellow colour of light singles means
A. ready to go B. go
C. stop D. none
35. The quantity of liquid flowing per second through a pipe is termed as
A. discharge B. pressure head
C. head D. pipe line
36. A contour canal
A. is most suitable in hilly areas B. irrigates only on one sides
C. is aligned parallel to the contour of the country D. all of the above
37. Wall built up a cross the full width of river to rise water level is called
A. orifice B. notch
C. weir D. none of the above
38. For the transportation purpose in nepal, the first preference is given to
A. airlines B. roads
C. shipping D. railways

39. The value of maximum allowable super elevation is


A. 1:15 B. 1:20
C.1:30 D. 1:35

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
40. Horizontal distance between the centroids of the section of cutting and feeling is
called
A. lead B. lift
C. interval D. none of the above
41. For electric wiring such as fan, light, plug etc, the estimate is made in terms of ..
A. type of point B. number of points
C. total load in main kw D. total length of wiring in meters
42. The volume of course aggregate required to make 100 m3 of 1:2:4 concrete is
A. 84 m3 B. 87 m3
C. 90 m3 D. 93 m3
43. The rate of payment is made for 100 cu m (per % cu m) in case of
A. Earth work in excavation B. Rock cutting
C. Excavation in trenches for foundation D. All of the above
44. Due to change in price level , a revised estimate is prepared if the sanctioned
exceeds
A. 2.0 % B. 2.5 %
C. 4.0 % D. 5 %
45. A legal agreement between contractor and owner is called
A. Pieces of agreement B. contract
C. work order D. all of the above
46. Two or more companies take up the job or work in case of
A. Large contract B. Multinational contract
C. joint venture D. None of the above
47. Density of steel is ......lbs per cft
A. 250 B. 450
C. 480 D. 490
48. Main source of water for irrigation is,
A. rain falls B. canal
C. sewers D. water tank
49. Primary air pollution is
A. smoke B. sewage
C. sullage D. bacteria
50. Ratio of concrete used in D.P.C ( Damp Proof Course) is
A. 1:2:4 B. 1:4:8
C. 1:3:6 D. 1:1.5:3

ALL THE BEST


Prepared BY: Khem Raj Sijapati

पपपपपप पपप पपपप पपपप


पपपपपप प,पपपपपपपप
g]kfnOl~hlgol/Ë;]jf, l;len ;d'x

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
k|fljlwstk{m Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf, l;len ;d"x,Sub–Overseer jf ;f] ;/x kbsf] k|ltof]lutfTds
lnlvt gd\'gf kl/Iff
Key (D)
;do M $% laifoM Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf ;DjGwL k"0f{ÍM– !))

pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zg kqsf] Keyclgjfo{ pNn]v ug'{kg]{5. pNn]v gu/]df pQ/ k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5. ;fy}
k/LIffdf Calculator,Mobile k|of]u ug{ kfOg] 5}g.
a:t'ut ax'pQ/ -%)×@cÍ_M–!))
1. Great accuracy in linear measurements, is obtained by
A. tacheometry B. direct chaining
C. direct taping D. all of the above
2. Planimeter is used for measuring
A. volume B. area
C. slope D. all of above
3. Sensitiveness of a level tube is designated by
A. radius of the level tube B. length of level tube
C. length of bubble of level tube D. none of the above
4. A first temporary adjustment of a prismatic compass
A. levelling B. focusing the prism
C. Removing the parallax D. centering
5. In which of the following direction, the strength of timber is maximum ?
A. parallel to the grains B. 45 degree to grains
C. perpendicular to grains D. same in all direction
6. Which of the following cements contains maximum percentage of dicalcium silicates
A. Ordinary Portland Cement B. Rapid Hardening cement
C. Low heat cement D. Portland pozzlona cement
7. Paints with white lead base are suitable for painting of
A. wood works B. iron works
C. both of above D. None of above
8. In paints pigment is added for
A. Shilling surface B. Colour
C. Smoothening the surface D. Easy drying
9. For which of the following materials, the poisson's ratio is excepted to the least
A. steel B. concrete
B. mild steel D. copper
10. A reinforced concrete beam is considered as made of
A. Homogeneous materials B. Hetrogeneous materials
C. composite materials D. Isotropic materials
11. Inclined load generally causes ?
A. thrust of the beam B. Twisting of the beam
C. point of contraflexure D. all of the above
12. Section modulus of circular sction is
A. πD4/64 B. πD4/32
C. πD3/32 D. πD3 /64
13. The mass per unit volume of a liquid at a standard temperature and pressure is called

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
A. specific weight B. mass density
C. specific gravity D. none of these
14. A discrepancy is the difference between ,
A. True value and error value
B. Measured value and actual value
C. Two measured value of same quantity
D. None of the above
15. Methods most suitable for plotting in hilly area are
A. Radiation B. Resection
C. Intersection D. Traversing
16. The contour line merge or across one another on the map in case of
A. Cave B. Overhanging Cliff
C. Both (a) and (b) D. None of the above
17. By an agriculturist, soil is defined as
A. the loose mantle at the surface of the earth which favours the growth of plant
B. a natural aggregate of mineral grains, loose or moderately cohesive, inorganic or organic
in nature
C. a disintegrated rock
D. none of the above
18. The art of representation of an object systemic lines on a paper is known as
a) drawing b) art
c) dimensioning d) profession
19. The space between two sentences should be left equal to
a) height of letter b) twice the ht. of letter
c) 1.5 times ht. of letter d) none of the above

20. The point of intersection of co-ordinate axis is called


a) zero-zero b) origin
c) cross point d) all of the above
21. set squares are not used to draw
A. straight line B. vertical line T-square
C. Horizontal line D. all of the above
22. Perspective drawing is done for
a) not for civil engineers b) show details of market products
c) both (a)and(b) of above d) the none of the above
23. The minimum number of main steel bars provided in R.C.C
A. Rectangular column is 4
B. Circular column is 6
C. Octagonal column is 8
D. All of the above
24. The diameter of longitudinal bars of column should never be less than
A. 6 mm B. 8 mm
C. 12 mm D. 16 mm
25. Raft foundation are generally preferred to when the area required for individual
footing, is more than
A.25% to total area B.30% of total area
C.40% to total area D.50% of total area.
26. The minimum load which will cause failure of a foundation is called

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
A. ultimate tensile strength B. nominal strength
C. ultimate bearing power D. ultimate compressive strength
27. The maximum bearing capacity of soil is that of
A. hard rocks B. black cotton soil
C. dry, coarse sandy soil D. fine sandy soil
28. When the walls are subjected to heavy loading and the bearing capacity of the soil is very
low, then the wall is constructed on
A. reinforced concrete footing B. column
footing
C. lean concrete footing D. lean concrete footing
29. Hard water for public water supply is discarded because
A. It consumes more soap B. It contains pathogenic bacteria
C. It contains lot of turbidity D. It possess bad test and colour
30. Disinfection of drinking water, is done to remove
A. Odour B. Bacteria
C. Virus D. Hardness
31. Surface water is obtained from
A. Well B. Spring
C. Artesian well D. Rain
32. Mostly used coagulant is,
A. Alum B. Chlorine
C. Lime D. Bleaching powder
33. Sandy soils with good drainage become impermeable after prolonged use, if it is irrigated with
a water containing
A. 25% B. 50%
C. 75% D. 85%
34. The amount of water required to fill up the pore spaces in soil particles by replacing all
air held in pore spaces, is known as
A. field capacity B. saturation capacity
C. available moisture D. all of these
35. Available moisture may be defined as the
A. moisture content at permanent wilting point
B. difference in water content of the soil between field capacity and permanent wilting
C. maximum moisture holding capacity
D. all of these
36. The field capacity of a soil depends upon
A. capillary tension in soil B. porosity of soil
C. either (a) or (b) D. both (a) and (b)
37. The term used for major or important roads of a country is
A. country road B. urban road
C. highway D. none of these
38. The portion of a road surface, which is used by vehicular traffic, is known as
A. carriage-way B. shoulder
C. express way D. all of these
39. According to Telford
A. the size of stone at the centre varied from 160 mm to 200 mm and gradually decreased to
75 mm to 125 mm towards the haunches
B. the central 6 metre width of the road was covered with two layers of stones about 100 mm
and 50 mm respectively

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
C. the size of stone used was of 63 mm diameter
D. all of the above
40. The camber, for the drainage of surface water, was first introduced by
A. Telford B. Tresaguet
C. Sully D. Macadam
41. The order of booking dimensions is
A. Length, breadth, height B. Breadth, length, height
C. Height, breadth, length D. None of these.
42. Pick up the correct statement from the following:
A. The bent up bars at a support resist the negative bending moment
B. The bent up bars at a support resist the sharing force
C. The bending of bars near supports is generally at 45°
D. All the above
43. The height of the sink of wash basin above floor level is kept
A. 60 cm B. 70 cm
C. 75 cm to 80 cm D. 80 cm
44. While preparing a detailed estimate
A. Dimension should be measured correct to 0.01 m
B. Area should be measured correct to 0.01 sqm
C. Volume should be measured correct to O.Olcum
D. All the above
45. Total projects time is the
A. sum of duration of all activities
B. sum of duration of non-critical activities
C. sum of duration of critical activities
D. none of the above
46. Airport construction are termed as
A. Light construction B. heavy construction
C. industrial construction D. none of the above
47. Final technical authority of a project lies with
A. Assistant Engineers
B. Executive Engineer
C. Superintending Engineer
D. Chief Engineer
48. The performance of a specific task in CPM, is known
A. Dummy B. Event
C. Activity D. Contract
49. For the proposed runway stated in if the aerodrome reference temperature is 17°.2, the
net designed length of the runway is
A. 2716 m B. 2816 m
C. 2916 m D. 3016 m
50. Pick up the correct statement from the following
A. Landing speed is directly proportional to the wing loading
B. Wing loading remaining constant, the take off distance is directly proportional to the
powder loading
C. Neither (a) nor (b)
D. Both (a) and (b)

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
पपपपपप पपप पपपप पपपप
पपपपपप प,पपपपपपपप
g]kfnOl~hlgol/Ë;]jf, l;len ;d'x
k|fljlwstk{m Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf, l;len ;d"x,Sub–Overseer jf ;f] ;/x kbsf] k|ltof]lutfTds
lnlvt gd\'gf kl/Iff
Key (D)
;do M $% laifoM Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf ;DjGwL k"0f{ÍM– !))

pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zg kqsf] Keyclgjfo{ pNn]v ug'{kg]{5. pNn]v gu/]df pQ/ k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5. ;fy}
k/LIffdf Calculator,Mobile k|of]u ug{ kfOg] 5}g.
a:t'ut ax'pQ/ -%)×@cÍ_M–!))
1 The V- shaped contour represents
A. Valley B. Ridge
C. Both D. None of these
2. For the construction of highway
A. Longitudinal section is required B. Cross section is required
C. Both longtidunal and cross section are required D. None of the above
3. An imaginary line joining the points of equal elevation of the surface of the earth
represents the
A. Contour surface B. Contour gradient
C. Contour line D. level line
4. The constant Horizontal distance between two adjacent contours is called
A. Contour interval B. Horizontal equivalent
C. vertical equivalent D. Contour gradient
5. Plaster of pairs is obtained by calcining
A. Bauxite B. Gypsum
C. Kankar D. Lime stone
6. Good quality cement contains higher percentage of
A. Tri-calcium silicates B. Di-calcium silicates
C. Tri-calcium aluminates D. Tetra calcium alumino ferrite
7. Refractory bricks resists
A. High temperature B. Dampness
C. Chemical action D. All of the above
8. Early strength to cement provided by
A. Tricalcium silicites B. Di calcium silicates
C. Tricalciu aluminate D. tetra calcium alumino ferrite
9. A steel bar of 5 mm is heated from 15 degree to 40 degree and it is free to
expand, the bar will induce
A. No stress B. Shear stress
B. Tensile stress D. Thermal stress
10. The unit of moment of inertia of an area is
A. m4 B. kg m2
C. kg/m2 D. m3
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
11. At the point of application of a concentrated load on a beam there is
A. Maximum bending moment B. Maximum deflection
C. Sudden change of slope of B. M D. Point of contra flexure
12. The ratio of ultimate to the working load is called
A. collapse factor B. Load factor
C. Strength factor D. work factor
13. Working edge of the drawing board is kept…….. of the users ,
A. Left B. Right
C. Ahead D. All of the above
14. To draw or measure angles ……… is used,
A. Set-square B. T-square
C. Protractor D. all of above
15. For dimensioning and lettering normally following pencil are used ..
A. H & HB B. 2H & HB
C. H & 2HB D. 2H & 2HB
16. The size of A3 paper is
A. 297 mm x 420 mm B. 210 mm x 297 mm
C. 420 mm x 850 mm D. None of the above
17. For testing of saturated clay of shear strength, the recommend is
A. Direct shear test B. Unconfined compressive test
C. Triaxial compression test D. All of the above
18. on wetting, cohesive soil
A. Loose permeability B. Gain shear strength
C. Loose elasticity D. Decrease their shear strength
19. The angle of internal friction is maximum for
A. Angular grain dense send B. Angular grain loose sand
C. Round grain dense sand D. Round grain loose sand
20. Black cotton soli is unsuitable for foundation because its
A. Bearing capacity is low B. Permeability is uncertain
C. Particles are cohesive
D. Property to undergo a volumetric change due to variation of moisture content
21. Total losses in canal is
A. 40 % of total discharge B. 10 % of total discharge
C. 60 % of total discharge D. equal to the seepage losses
22. The shape of the lined canal recommended by ISI is
A. triangular B. rectangular
C. parabolic D. trapezoidal
23. Super elevation provided from the center of road to outer edge is known as
A. cambering B. peaking
C. hampering D. tempering
24. The distance over which excavated material is transported, is called
A. lead B. haul
C. run D. all of the above
25. Siddhartha highway connect…
A.Sunauli-pokhara B. Kathmandu-pokhara
C. Birgunj-pokhara D. none of the above
26. Expansion joint in masonry wall are provided if length exceed
A. 10 meter B. 20 meter

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
C. 30 meter D. 40 meter
27. The nominal thickness of the brick wall in mm is ,
A. 90 mm B. 150 mm
C. 190 mm D. 200 mm
28. Bearing capacity of soil can not be improved by
A. Draining sub soil water B. Driving sand piles
C. Ramming crushed stone in soil D. Watering surface of soil
29. Hard water for public water supply is discarded because
A. It consumes more soap B. It contains pathogenic bacteria
C. It contains lot of turbidity D. It possess bad test and colour
30. Disinfection of drinking water, is done to remove
A. Odour B. Bacteria
C. Virus D. Hardness
31. Surface water is obtained from
A. Well B. Spring
C. Artesian well D. Rain
32. Mostly used coagulant is,
A. Alum B. Chlorine
C. Lime D. Bleaching powder
33. The operation which washes out salts from the upper zone of the soil is called
A. Reclamation B. Leaching
C. Efflorescence D. Salinity
34. The phenomenon of salt coming up in solution and forming a layer of crust on
surface after the evaporation of water is known as
A. Reclamation B. Leaching
C. Efflorescence D. Salinity
35. The device provided near weirs or dams to facilities the irrigation of fish up
stream or downstream is called
A. Fish net B. Fish ladder
C. Fish channel D. Fish pond
36. Useful soil moisture for plant growth, is
A. Capillary water B. Gravity water
C. Hygroscopic water D. Chemical water
37. The camber provided for earthen road, is
A. 7 % B. 5 %
C. 4 % D. 3 %
38. The maximum percentage of grade compensation should be
A. 60/R B. 70/R
C. 75/R D. 80/R
39. The portion of road that is used pedestrains only is called
A. Side walk B. Footpath
C. foot way D. All of the above
40. A gradient along which the vehicle does not required any tractive effort to
maintain a specified speed is known as
A. Ruling gradient B. Pushing gradient
C. Floating gradient D. Minimum gradient
41. The approximate weight of one cubic meter of mild steel is
A. 100 kg B. 2400 kg

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
C. 7850 kg D. 7950 kg
42. In case of roof truss made of steel, rivets bolts and nuts usually account for
A. 1 % B. 5 %
C. 8 % D. 20 %
43. For electric wiring such as fan, light, plug etc estimate in made in terms of
A. Types of point B. Number of points
C. Total load at main kilowatt D. Total lengths of wiring in meters
44. The explosive for blasting is usually expressed in terms of
A. Explosive powder B. Kilogram
C. Volume of earthwork that can be blasted D. None of the above
45. The occurance of the completion of an activity is called its
A. Head event B. Tail event
C. dual role event D. None of the above
46. The occurance of the starting of an activity is called its
A. Head event B. Tail event
C. dual role event D. None of the above
47. Various activities of a project, are shown on bar charts by
A. Vertical lines B. Horizontal lines
C. Dots D. Crosses
48. A dummy activity
A. Has no tail event but only a head event
B. Has only head event but no tail event
C. Does not required any resource or time
D. All of these
49. According to ICAO all marking on the runways are painted white and taxiways
A. Black B. Red
C. Yellow D. Green
50. Beaufort scale is used to determine
A. Strength of winds B. Direction of winds
C. Height of air crafts D. None of these

Prepared by: Khem Raj Sijapati

पपपपपप पपप पपपप पपपप


पपपपपप प,पपपपपपपप
g]kfnOl~hlgol/Ë;]jf, l;len ;d'x

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
k|fljlwstk{m Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf, l;len ;d"x,Sub–Overseer jf ;f] ;/x kbsf] k|ltof]lutfTds
lnlvt gd\'gf kl/Iff
Key (D)
;do M $% laifoM Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf ;DjGwL k"0f{ÍM– !))

pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zg kqsf] Keyclgjfo{ pNn]v ug'{kg]{5. pNn]v gu/]df pQ/ k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5. ;fy}
k/LIffdf Calculator,Mobile k|of]u ug{ kfOg] 5}g.
a:t'ut ax'pQ/ -%)×@cÍ_M–!))
1. Find the R.F for scale 1cm = 25km :
a) 1/250 b) 1/2500
c) 1/25000 d) 1/2500000
2. The drawing board is made of
a) well-seasoned soft wood b) well-seasoned hard wood
c) moisted soft wood d) moisted hard wood
3. In isometric view of a circle is seen as :
a) ellipse b) prism
c) sphere d) point
4. The size of A1 paper is
A. 297 mm x 420 mm B. 210 mm x 297 mm
C. 420 mm x 850 mm D. None of the above
5. In the first angle of projection the object is assumed to be placed in
a) forth quadrant b) third quadrant
c) second quadrant d) first quadrant
6. The large size of drawing board ( as per ISI ) is designated by
a) B0 b) B1
c) B2 d) B3
7. The rate of an item of works depends on
A. Specification of works B. Specification of works
C. Methods of construction D. All of the above
8. The unit of measurement of partition wall is in
A. square meter B. Cubic meter
C. Running meter D. Quintal
9. The unit of measurements of Striking is in
A. Rm B. sq m
B. cu m D. Lump sump
10. The most reliable estimate is
A. Detailed estimate B. Preliminary estimate
C. Plinth area estimate D. Cube rate estimate
11. The main factors to be considered while preparing a detailed estimate , is
A. Quantity of the materials B. Availability of materials
C. Transportation of materials D. All of the above
12. The plinth area of a building includes :
A. Area of the wall at the floor level
B. Area of stair cover
C. internal shaft foe sanitary installations up to 2 sqm in area
D. Area of cantilevered porch

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
13. On a diagonal scale, it is possible read up to
A. One dimensional B. two dimensional
C. Three dimensional D. Four dimensional
14 The line normal to the plumb line is known as
A. Horizontal line B. Level line
C. Datum line D. vertical line
15. An equator amount of dip is
A. 0 B. 45
C.60 D. 90
16 Examples of level surface is
A. Surface of earth B. Surface of sea
C. Surface of still lake D. Surface of reservoir
17. To orient a plane table at a point with two inaccessible point, the method
generally adopted, is
A. intersection B. resection
C. radiation D. two point problem
18. The reduced bearing of a line is N 87° W ITS whole circle bearing
A. 87° B. 273°
C. 93° D. 3°
19. Stone used for ornamental works must be
A. Soft B. Hard
C. Light D. heavy
20. In paints, the pigment is responsible for ,
A. Durability B. Colour
C. Smoothness D. glassy face
21. Gneiss is obtained from
A. Igneous rock B. Metamorphic rock
C. Sedimentary rock D. Sedimentary metamorphic rock
22. The sieve number used in the finess modulus test of cement is
A.1 B. 5
C. 7 D. 9
23. Smith test of stone is performed to find out the
A. The presence of soluble materials B. tensile strength
C. presence of lime D. none of the above
24. The most of stones posses specific gravity in the range of
A. 1-1.5 B. 1.5-2
C. 2.4-2.9 D. 3-4
25. The commonly used lime on white washing is
A. white lime B. fat lime
C. hydraulic lime D.Quick lime
26. The compound responsible for the initial setting of cement, is
A. Tri-calcium aluminate B. tetra calcium alumino ferrite
C. Tri calcium silicates D. Di-calcium silicates
27. Which of the following constituents, when present in excess quantity in clay causes the
bricks to melt and distort during burning ?
A. Alumina B. Silica
C. Lime D. All of the above
28. The sedimentary rocks are formed due to
A. Solidification of molten mass laying below or above the earth surface

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
B. Gradual deposition of materials like sand, clay etc generally by setting of water
C. Alteration of orginal structures under heat and excessive pressure
D. None of the above
29. When two footing are connected by a beam, it is called
A. Beam footing B. Combined footing
C. Strap footing D. Strip footing
30. The damp proof course
A. May be horizontal or vertical B. Should be continuous
C. Should be good impervious materials D. All of the above
31. A temporary rigid structures having platform raised up as the building increase in
height, is called
A. Scaffolding B. Shoring
C. Underpining D. Jacking
32. King closer are related to
A. King post truss B. Queen post truss
C. Brick masonry D. Doors and windows
33. For the construction of celling, generally the cement sand mortar is preferred ,
A. 1:2 B. 1: 3
C. 1: 4 D. 1: 6
34. The portion of bricks obtained by cutting a brick lengthwise into two direction is
known as
A. King closer B. beveled closer
C. Queen closer D. any of the above
35. Turbidity is mainly due to
A. Floating solids B. Suspended solids
C. Colloidal solids D. Dissolved solids
36. Water required per head per day for average domestic purpose, is
A. 50 liters B. 65 liters
C. 85 liters D. 135 liters
37. The detention time in a septic tank is usually exceed
A. 1-2 hrs B. 5-6 hrs
C. 18-24 hrs D. 22-24 hrs
38. Letache is observed in
A. Septic tank B. Sewage
C. Land fill D. None of these
39. Crest level is kept low with large gate in a
A. Slice B. Escape
C. Regulator D. Barrage
40. When a canal is carried over a natural drainage, the structure provided , is known as
A. syphon B. aqueduct
C. super passage D. syphon aqueduct
41. The best methods of curing is
A. Water curing B. steam curing
C. Chemical curing D. Shading of concrete works
42. Raising of outer edge of road with respect to inner edge is
A. Super elevation B. cant
C. Banking D. All of the above

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
43. When calculating the overtaking sight distance, the height of the objects above the road
surface is assumed
A. zero B. 50 cm
C. 75 cm D. 100 cm
44. The intermediates supports on bridge are called
A. Bearing wall B. Abutment
C. Wing wall D. Piers
45. Drain is provided in hill road in
A. hill side of road B. Outer side of road
C. Both sides of road D. None of the above
46. Bar chart is suitable for
A. Minor works B. medium works
C. large project works D. All of the above
47. A dummy activity
A. is artificial introduced B. is represented by a dotted line
C. Does not consume time D. All of the above
48. Minimum size of coarse aggregate is
A. 4.75 mm B. 75 mm
C. 0.02 mm D. All of the above
49. Lap splice in tension reinforcement are permitted for bars
A. Less than 36 mm B. greater than 36 mm
C. equal to 36 mm D. any of the above
50. For 100 sqm cement concrete ( 1:2:4) 4 cm thick floor the quantity of cement required
A. 0.90 m3 B. 0.94 m3
C. 0.98 m3 D. 1 m3

Prepared By : Khem Raj Sijapati

पपपपपप पपप पपपप पपपप


पपपपपप प,पपपपपपपप
g]kfnOl~hlgol/Ë;]jf, l;len ;d'x
k|fljlwstk{m Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf, l;len ;d"x,Sub–Overseer jf ;f] ;/x kbsf] k|ltof]lutfTds
lnlvt gd\'gf kl/Iff
Key (D)
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
;do M $% laifoM Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf ;DjGwL k"0f{ÍM– !))

pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zg kqsf] Keyclgjfo{ pNn]v ug'{kg]{5. pNn]v gu/]df pQ/ k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5. ;fy}
k/LIffdf Calculator,Mobile k|of]u ug{ kfOg] 5}g.
a:t'ut ax'pQ/ -%)×@cÍ_M–!))

1. Cadastral Map is a map having


A. small scale B. medium scale
C. large scale D. all of the above
2. Which one is the simplest survey
A. chain survey B. compass survey
C. plane table survey D. levelling
3. True meridians
A. are parallel to each other B. converge at a point called pole
C. converge near equator D. none of the above
4. An imaginary line laying through the surface of ground, having constant
inclination to the horizontal is known as
A. contour interval B. contour gradient
C. horizontal equivalent D. contour line
5. Turpentine oil is used in paints as a
A. base B. thinner
C. drier D. vehicle
6. The small areas on painted surface enclosed by hair line cracks are called
A. crazing B. crocodiling
C. chalking D. blistering
7. The maximum percentage of water absorption of 2 nd class brick in 24 hrs should
be limited to
A. 10 % B. 15 %
C. 20 % D. 24 %
8. Which of the following pairs give a correct combination of the useful and harmful
constituents respectively of a good brick earth
A. Lime stone & Alumina B. Alumina and iron
C. Silica and Alkalies D.Alkalies and magnesium
9. The shear center may be defined as
A. the point through which the resultant of the shear stress pass B. the point about
which the moment of shear floe is zero
B. the center of gravity of section
D. none of the above
10. The amount of shear force at the maximum bending moment
A. minimum B. medium
C. maximum D. zero
11. The brittle material have low toughness because they
A. large plastic deformation before failure
B. small plastic deformation before failure
C. no plastic deformation before failure
D. can absorb impact load also
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
12. The bending moment acting on the plane of an element will cause the following
type of stress on the plane
A. normal stress B. tension stress
C. axial stress D. transverse shear stress
13. To draw or measure angles ……… is used,
A. Set-square B. T-square
C. Protractor D. all of above
14. For dimensioning and lettering normally following pencil are used ..
A. H & HB B. 2H & HB
C. H & 2HB D. 2H & 2HB
15. The size of A3 paper is
A. 297 mm x 420 mm B. 210 mm x 297 mm
C. 420 mm x 850 mm D. None of the above
16. The drawing for municipality is done at scale …
A. 1" = 8' B. 1:50
C. 1:100 D. Both a & c
17. The cement widely used in retaining wall, is
A. Rapid hardening cement B. Low heat cement
C. Sulphate resisting cement D. Ordinary Portland cement
18. To prevent segregation, the maximum height of for placing concrete, is
A. 100 cm B. 125 cm
C. 150 cm D. 200 cm
19. The top diameter, bottom diameter, and height of the slump mould are :
A. 10 cm, 20 cm, 30 cm B. 10 cm, 30 cm, 20 cm
C. 20 cm, 10 cm, 30 cm D. None of the above
20. Unit weight of PCC ( Plain Cement concrete) is
A. 24 KN/m3 B. 25 KN/m3
C. 2.4 T/m3 D. Both (A) and (C)
21. In RCC beam, if the amount of steel increase the depth of N.A
A. constant B. increase
C. decrease D. none of the above
22. Side face reinforcement is provided in a beam when the depth of web in a beam
exceeds
A. 250 mm B. 500 mm
C. 750mm D .1000 mm
23. The state of concrete are:
A. elastic and hardened state B. plastic and hardened state
C. elastic and plastic state D. All of the above
24. The cover provided in the column having size greater than 200 mm x 200 mm
A. 15 mm B. 20 mm
C. 25 mm D. 40 mm
25. The main purpose of cavity wall is
A. sound insulation B. damp proofing
C. heat insulation D. cost saving
26. The cement sand mortar preferred in load bearing wall is
A. 1:2 B. 1:4
C. 1:6 D. 1:8
27. Depth of foundation is determined by
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
A. types of structure B. B.C of soil
C. surrounding structures D. none of the above
28. The 9 cm x 9 cm side of brick as seen in the wall face, is generally known as
A. stretcher B. face
C. front D. header
29. The maximum concentration of zinc in drinking water is
A. 2 ppm B. 3 ppm
C. 4 ppm D. 5 ppm
30. Wholesome water is also known as
A. Potable water B. Polluted water
C. Contaminated water D. All of the above
31. Two sewer section laid at same grade, will be hydraulically equivalent, if
A. Their discharge capacity when running full are equal
B. Their flow velocity when running full are equal
C. Their flowing area running full are equal
D. All the above factors are equal.
32. Widely used pipe for rural water supply in Nepal is ..
A. HDP Pipes B. G.I pipes
C. PVC pipes D. C.I pipes
33. Water shed line is abondened for alining an irrigation canal,if
A. water shed forms a sharp loop
B. canal has to take off from a river
C. towns and village are located on the water shed line
D. all the above
34. The phenomenon of salt coming up in solution and forming a layer of crust on
surface after the evaporation of water is known as
A. Reclamation B. Leaching
C. Efflorescence D. Salinity
35. The crops which improves the nitrogen content of soil , is
A.aquatic crop B. perennial crop
C.leguminous crop D.all of the above
36. Lime concrete lining is used
A. When velocity flow is below 2 m/s
B.in irrigation channels with capacities upto 200 cumecs
C. where economy is required
D. all of the above
37. A deep and big depression on a road is called
A. pot holes B. longitudinal rut
C. cross rut D. crack
38. Road furniture means
A. information board B. warning sign
C. informatory sign D. allof the above
39. The methods of designing flexible pavement as recommended by Nepal Road
Standard is
A. CBR methods B. group index methods
C. westergaard methods D. Benkelman beam methods
40. The portion of road causing loud rumbling sound and vibration, when a vehicle
passes over them is called

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
A. rumble strip B. zebra crossing
C. bridge D. median strip
40. The distance over which excavated material is transported, is called
A. lead B. haul
C. run D. all of the above
41. For electric wiring such as fan, light, plug etc, the estimate is made in terms of ..
A. type of point B. number of points
C. total load in main kw D. total length of wiring in meters
43. The useful part of liveable area of a building is also known as
A. Carpet area B. Circulation area
C. Horizontal circulation area D. Plinth area
44. The number of skilled manpower required for fabrication of 1 MT steel is
A. 4 B. 8
C. 12 D. 16
45. In PERT technique, completion of an activity is called
A. head activity B.head event
C. tail event D.tail activity
46. Total projects time is the
A. sum of duration of all activities
B. sum of duration of non-critical activities
C. sum of duration of critical activities
D. none of the above
47. Residential building are termed as
A. Light construction B. heavy construction
C. industrial construction D. none of the above
48. Tender document does not contain
A. tender form B. BOQ
C. amount of earnest money D. unit rate
49. The name of the first plane landed on the old golf course which makes the present
location of T.I.A
A.twinatter B. glider
C. boing D. helicopter
50. International Civil Aviation Organization(I.C.A.O) was set up at montreal
A.1929 B. 1939
C. 1947 D. 1950

Prepared By : Khem Raj Sijapati

पपपपपप पपप पपपप पपपप


पपपपपप प,पपपपपपपप
g]kfnOl~hlgol/Ë;]jf, l;len ;d'x
k|fljlwstk{m Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf, l;len ;d"x,Sub–Overseer jf ;f] ;/x kbsf] k|ltof]lutfTds
lnlvt gd\'gf kl/Iff
Key (D)
;do M $% laifoM Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf ;DjGwL k"0f{ÍM– !))
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU

pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zg kqsf] Keyclgjfo{ pNn]v ug'{kg]{5. pNn]v gu/]df pQ/ k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5. ;fy}
k/LIffdf Calculator,Mobile k|of]u ug{ kfOg] 5}g.
a:t'ut ax'pQ/ -%)×@cÍ_M–!))
1. Closed contours of decreasing values towards their centre, represent
A. a hill B. a depression
C. a saddle or pass D. a river bed.
2. The 'fix' of a plane table station with three known points, is bad if the plane table
station lies
a) in the great triangle
b) outside the great triangle
c) on the circumference of the circumscribing circle
d) none of these.
3. In chain surveying field work is limited to
a) linear measurements only
b) angular measurements only
c) both linear and angular measurements
d) all the above.
4. One of the tacheometric constants is additive, the other constant, is
A. subtractive constant B. multiplying constant
C. dividing constant D. indicative constant.
5. Which of the following has more fire resisting characteristics?
A) Marble b) Lime stone
C) Compact sand stone d) Granite
6. Plywood has the advantage of
a) Greater tensile strength in longer direction
b) Greater tensile strength in shorter direction
c) Same tensile strength in all directions
d)None of the above
7. For testing compressive and tensile strength of cement, the cement mortar is made
by mixing cement and standard sand in the proportions of
a)1 : 2 b)1 : 3 c)1 : 4 d)1 : 6
8. Advantage of a clamp compared to a kiln for burning bricks is that
(A) It takes less time for burning
(B) It gives more output of first class bricks
(C) It has less initial cost
(D) It is suitable when bricks are required in large
numbers
9. In a loaded beam, the point of con-traflexture occurs at a section where
A. bending moment is minimum
B. bending moment is zero or changes sign
B. bending moment is maximum
D. shearing force is maximum
10. A three-hinged arch is said to be
A. statically indeterminate structure

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
B. statically indeterminate structure
C. a bent beam
D. none of these.
11. The shape of the bending moment diagram over the length of a beam, having no
external load, is always
A. linear B. parabolic
C. cubical D. circular.
12. A beam of length L is pinned at both ends and is subjected to a concentrated
bending couple of moment M at its centre. The maximum bending moment in the beam
is:
A. M B. M/2
C. M/3 D. ML/2
13. Geologic cycle for the formation of soil, is
A. Upheavel → transportation → deposition → weathering
B. Weathering → upheaval → transportation → deposition
C. Transportation → upheaval → weathering → deposition
D. Weathering → transportation → deposition → upheaval
14. Back fill with a sloping surface exerts a total active pressure Pa on the wall of
height H and acts at
A. H/4 above the base parallel to base
B. H/2 above the base parallel to base
C. H/3 above the base parallel to base
D. H/4 above the base parallel to base
15. Factor of safety against sliding of a slope, is the ratio of
A. actual cohesion to that required to maintain stability of slope
B. shear strength to shear stress along the surface
C. neither (a) nor (b)
D. both (a) and (b).
16 The ratio of the weight of given volume of soil solids to the weight of an equal
volume of distilled water at the given temperature, is known
A. porosity B. specific gravity
C. void ratio D. water content.
17. Differential manometers are used to measure
A. pressure in water channels, pipes, etc.
B. difference in pressure at two points
C. atmospheric pressure
D. very low pressure.
18. Liquids
A. cannot be compressed
B. do not occupy definite shape
C. are not affected by change in pressure and temperature
D. none of these.
19. Hydraulic ram is a device
A. for lifting water without an electric motor
B. for accelerating water flow
C. for lifting heavy loads
D. none of these.
20. Total head of a liquid particle in motion is the sum of

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
A. potential head and kinetic head
B. kinetic head and pressure head
C. potential head and pressure head
D. potential head, kinetic head and pressure head.
21. The minimum cube strength of concrete used for a prestressed member, is
A. 50 kg/cm2 B. 150 kg/cm2
C. 250 kg/cm2 D. 350 kg/cm2
22. For initial estimate for a beam design, the width is assumed
A. 1/15th of span B. 1/20th of span
C. 1/25th of span D. 1/30th of span
23. Design of R.C.C. simply supported beams carrying U.D.L. is based on the resultant
B.M. at
A. supports B. mid span
C. every section D. quarter span.
24. The transverse reinforcements provided at right angles to the main
reinforcement
A. distribute the load B. resist the temperature stresses
C. resist the shrinkage stress D. all the above.
25. The under surface of an arch, is called
A. soffit B. intrados
C. haunch D. back
26. The process of making the back ground rough, before plastering, is
A. dubbing B. hacking
C. blistering D. peeling.
27. The depth of an arch is the distance between
A. ground level and springing line B. crown and springing line
C. crown and ground level D. intrados and extrados
28. You are asked to design and supervise a truss for a factory to have spans 6 m to 9
m. The type of the truss you will use, is
A. mansored truss B. queen post truss
C. king post truss D. collar truss
29. Exposed portions of vertical surface at right angles to the door or window frame,
are known as
A. jambs B. lintels
C. reveals D. soffits.
30. The equipment used for removing paper and rags from sewers is called
A. gouge B. scoop
C. claw D. scraper
31. The pipe through which liquid waste carrying human excreta flows, is called
A. waste pipe B. soil pipe
C. vent pipe D. all of these
32. The minimum diameter of a manhole cover should be
A. 25 cm B. 50 cm
C. 75 cm D. 100 cm
33. Low turbidity of water can be determined by,
A. turbidity tube B. Jacksons turbidimeter
C. Baylis turbidimeter D. Hellipe turbidimeter
34. The maximum permissible turbidity for domestic supplies, on silica scale is

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
A. 5 to 10 ppm B. 10 to 20 ppm
C. 20 to 30 ppm D. 30 to 40 ppm
35. The total depth of water required by a crop during the entire period the crop is in
the field, is known as
A. delta B. duty
C. base period D. crop period
36. Outlet discharge for a particular crop is given by
A. Area / Outlet factor B. Outlet factor / Area
C. Area x Outlet factor D. none of these
37. The process of loosing water from the leaves of plants, is termed as
A. surface evaporation B. water surface evaporation
C. transpiration D. precipitation
38. A canal sligned nearly parallel to the contours of a country, is known as
A. side slope canal B. contour canal
C. water shed canal D. ridge canal
39. The most efficient traffic signal system is
A. simultaneous system B. alternate system
C. flexible progressive system D. simple progressive system
40. The length of the side of warning sign boards of roads is
A. 30 cm B. 45 cm
C. 60 cm D. 75 cm
41. A curve which consists of a single are connecting two straights is known as
A. simple circular curve B. reverse circular curve
C. cubic spiral curve D. lamniscate
42. The distance, measured along the centre line of a road, over which a driver can
see the opposite object on the road surface, is called
A. sight distance B. visibility
C. clear distance D. none of these
43. The height of the sink of wash basin above floor level is kept
A. 60 cm B. 70 cm
C.75 cm to 80cm D. 80 cm
44. Anti-siphonage pipe is connected to
A. Main soil pipe B. Bottom of P trap W.C.
C. Top of P trap W.C. D. Side of water closet.
45. The unit of measurement is per quintal for the following:
A. Collapsible gates with rails
B. Rolling shutters
C. Expanded metal wire netting
D. M.S. reinforcement of R.C.C. works.
46. Site order book is used for recording
A. instructions by the executive engineers
B. construction measurements
C. issue of store equipments
D. names of the casual labour.
47. The estimated time required to perform an activity, is known as
A. event B. dummy
C. duration D. float.
48. Works costing less than Rs. 20,000 are treated as

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
A. projects B. major projects
C. minor projects D. all the above.
49. The length of runway is increased per 300 m rise above M.S.L.
A. 3% B. 4%
C. 6% D. 7%
50. The height of the pilot's eye above the runway surface is assumed
A. 1 m B. 3 m
C. 4 m D. 5 m

ALL THE BEST

ANSWER SHEET
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
B C A B C C B C B A
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
A A D C D B B B A D
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
D D B D A B D C C C
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
B B C A A A C B C B
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
A A C C D A C C D B

पपपपपप पपप पपपप पपपप


पपपपपप प,पपपपपपपप
g]kfnOl~hlgol/Ë;]jf, l;len ;d'x
k|fljlwstk{m Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf, l;len ;d"x,Sub–Overseer jf ;f] ;/x kbsf] k|ltof]lutfTds
lnlvt gd\'gf kl/Iff
Key (C)
;do M $% laifoM Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf ;DjGwL k"0f{ÍM– !))
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU

pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zg kqsf] Keyclgjfo{ pNn]v ug'{kg]{5. pNn]v gu/]df pQ/ k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5. ;fy}
k/LIffdf Calculator,Mobile k|of]u ug{ kfOg] 5}g.
a:t'ut ax'pQ/ -%)×@cÍ_M–!))

QN 1) The Difference between length arc and its subtended chord on the earth surface for
a distance of 18.2km is only ;
a) 10mm b) 10cm
b) c) 15m d) 15cm
QN 2) Best method of the interpolation of contour is by ;
a) Estimation b) Graphical method
c) Computation d) All
QN 3) In setting up the plane table at any station ;
a) Leveling is done first b) Centering is done first
b) c) Both simultaneously d) None
QN 4) Find the R.F of 1cm = 5cm
a) 1/5 b) 1/50
c) 1/500 d) 1/5000
QN 5) Which of the following is an example of argillaceous rock ?
a) Kaolin b) Slate
b) c) laterite d) All of these
QN 6) Soundness test of cement is tasted by;
a) Vicat’s apparatus b) Le- chatelier Apparatus
b) c) Compressive strength testing machine d) None
QN 7) Gypsum is added to the Portland cement during its manufacture so that it may
a)All lerate the setting time b) Regard the setting time
c) Decrease the burning temptation d) Facilitate Granding
QN8) The planning in paint is mixed to give the desire ;
a) Smoothness b) Color
c) Appearance d) Durability
QN 9) Normally Value of Poisson’s ratio is ;
a) D.B. for steel b)0.15 concrete
c) Both a & b d) None
QN 10) When equal and opposite force are applied to a body tend to along it than the
stressed produced by is ;
a) Compressive stress b) Tensile Stress
c) Shear stress d) Longitudinal stress
QN 11) Strut is a :
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
a) Horizontal member b) Vertical member
c)Inclined membe d)Compression member
QN 12) Cantilever beam of span 4m and carrying a point load 10kn located at a 3m from the
fixed end find the b.m at fixed end and free end ;
a)30knm & 0 b) 30kn.m & 10kn
c) 10kn.m & 30kn.m d) None
QN13) Bernoull’s theorem deals with the law of conservation of ;
a) Mass b) Momentum
c) Energy d) all of the above
QN 14) An ideal huid is a ;
a) Is Frictionless and in compressibility
b) Obey’s the hook’s law of viscosity
c) Is similar to gas
d) Is very viscous
QN 15)The discharge through the V-notch weir is.
a)H b) 1/√𝐻
c )H^3/2 d)H^5/2
QN 16) The basic head loss in long pipe is ;
a) Fittings
b) b) Sudden increase in diameter
c) Sudden decrease in diameter
d) Friction
QN 17) Finest size of soil particle is;
a) Clay b) Silt c) Sand d) Cobble
Qn !8) The degree of saturation, Sr of soil in percentage has value
a) Sr > 0 b) Sr< 0 c) 0<sr<100 d) 0≤Sr≤100
QN 19) Total lateral earth pressure is propotional to ;
a) Depth of soil b) Square of depth of foil c) Angle of internal friction d) none

Qn 20) Raft foundation is type of ;


a) Deep foundation b) Shallow foundation
b) c) Both d) None
QN 21) The main reason of placing of main bar at the top in case of cantilever beam is ;
a) Compression at top b) Load at top
c) Tension at top d) All
Qn 22) Minimum grade of concrete used in structural element ;
a) M15 b) M20
c) M25 d)M10
QN 23)In Singly reinforced beam,as the load increases ;
a) Only concrete will resist the tension
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
b) Only steel will resist the tension
c) Both
d) None
QN 24) The amount of reinforcement for main bar in slab ,is Based on;
a)minimum shear force b)Max shear Force
c)Minimun Bending Moment d) Max bending Moment
QN25) Work in which the brick are projecting out in the masonry wall is known as :
a) Toothing b)Pointing
c)Jointing d)None
QN) The liquid medium used in enamel paint is:
a) Thinner b)Alcohol
c)Turpentine d) Vernish
Qn 27) Maximun height In masonry wall in one day:
a) 0.5 m b) 1m
c) 1.5m d)2m
Qn 28 ) If the slump of concrete mix is 60mm its workability is;
a) Low b)Medium
c)High d) Very High
Qn 29) Mass Curve is used to determination of ;
a)area of reservoir b)Depth of reservoir
c)capacity of reservoir d)None
QN30)Decrease in per capita consumption is reduced by;
a)use of metering system b)Hot Climate
c) Good Quality water in supplied d) All
QN31) water which is not chemically pure but does not contain harmful to human health
is known as:
a) Pure Water b) whole some water
c)Polluted water d)none
QN32) the value which allows the water to flow in one direction but prevent to flow in
reverse direction is.
a) Reflux valve b) Gate Valve
c)Sluice valve d)Pressure Valve
QN33) water logging may result form,
a)Over irrigation b)Inadequate Drainage
c)Seepage from adjointing reservoir d)all
QN 34) For the Irragation Purpose,PH value of water should be;
a) 3-6 b)6-8.5 c)8.5-11 d) >11
QN35) AVG delta of rice crop is;
a) 30cm b)60cm c) 120 cm d )150cm
QN36) River Training works is generally, When the river is
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
Aggrading type
a) Degrading type
b) Meandering type
c) Stable type
Qn 37)Top of the weir is,
a) Ridge b) crest c) Head d)Peak
QN38) Mostly used road in Nepal ,
a) Earthen Road
b) WBM
c) Bitumen
d) Cement concrete road
QN 39) Dividing Strip in the middle of road way is called,
a) Central strip
b) Median strip
c) Mid strip
d) Road center
QN 40) Shape of camber provided for cement concrete pavement is;
a) Straight line
b) parabolic
c) Elliptical
d) None
QN 41) Rate of rise or fall of the road along its alignment is;
a) Gradient
b) Camber
c) side slope
d) Super elevation
QN 42) PeaK form by the two rising gradient is called;
a) Peak
b) Rise
c) Summit
d) Top
QN 43) Road surfacing should be;
a) Impervious
b) Durable
c) Stable
d) All
QN 44) Unit of Measurement of fixing of glass panel.
a) Kg
b) Numer
c) Sqm
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
d) Cum
QN 45) The necessary of element of the estimate are:
a) Drawing
b) Specification
c) Rates
d) All
QN 46) For execution work in time,Work plan is prepared by,
a) Contractor
b) Consultant
c) Petty Contractor
d) Financial Instition
QN 47) CPM network is ;
a) Event oriented
b) Activity orientef
c) Slack Oriented
d) Float
QN 48) PERT analysis ,the start and end of activity is represented by;
a)Activity b) Event
c) Task d) work
QN 49) How many fundamental right are included in Nepal’s constitution 2072.
a) 30
b) 31
c) 32
d) 33
QN 50) Nepal’s constitution 2072 is issued on ;
a)2072,Ashwin 3
b) 2072,Kartik 3
c) 2072, Poush 3
d) 2072, Falgun 3

ANSWER
1=b 2=c 3=c 4=d 5=d 6=b 7=b 8 =b
9=c 10 = b 11 = d 12 = a 13= c 14 = a 15 = d 16 =d
17 =a 18 = d 19 = b 20 =b 21 = c 22 =b 23 = b 24 = d
25 = a 26 = d 27 = b 28 = b 29 = c 30 = a 31 = b 32 =a
33 = d 34 = b 35 = c 36 = c 37= b 38 = a 39 = b 40 = a
41 = a 42 = c 43 = d 44 = c 45 = d 46 = a 47 = b 48 = b
49 = b 50 = a

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
Building construction ( Foundation )
1. The lowest part of a structure which transmits the load to the soil is
known as
A. Super-structure B. Plinth

C. Foundation D. Basement

Answer: Option C

2. The foundation in a building is provided to


distribute the load over a increase overall stability of
A. B.
large area the structure

transmit load to the bearing


C. surface (sub soil) at a D. all of the above
uniform rate

Answer: Option D

3. The failure of foundation of a building is due to


with drawl of subsoil
A. B. unequal settlement of soil
moisture

lateral escape of the


C. D. all of these
supporting material

Answer: Option D

4. The ability of sub-soil to support the load of the structure without


yielding is known as
A. bearing value of soil B. bearing power of soil

C. bearing capacity of soil D. any one of these

Answer: Option D

5. The minimum load which will cause failure of a foundation is called


A. ultimate tensile strength B. nominal strength

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
ultimate compressive
C. ultimate bearing power D.
strength

Answer: Option C

6. The bearing capacity of soils can be improved by


increasing the depth of
A. B. draining the sub-soil water
footing

ramming the granular


C. material like crushed stone D. all of the above
in the soil

Answer: Option D

7. The maximum bearing capacity of soil is that of


A. hard rocks B. black cotton soil

C. dry, coarse sandy soil D. fine sandy soil

Answer: Option A

8. When the foundation is placed immediately beneath the lowest part of


the super-structure, it is called
A. deep B. shallow

Answer: Option B

9. The depth of the concrete bed placed at the bottom of a wall footing
should never be less than its projection beyond the wall base.
A. Agree B. Disagree

Answer: Option A

10. When the walls are subjected to heavy loading and the bearing
capacity of the soil is very low, then the wall is constructed on

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
A. reinforced concrete footing B. column footing

C. lean concrete footing D. none of these

Answer: Option A
11. The minimum depth of foundation for buildings on clays is
A. 0.2 to 0.4 m B. 0.4 to 0.6 m

C. 0.6 to 0.9 m D. 0.9 to 1.6 m

Answer: Option D

12. When heavy structural loads from columns are required to be


transferred to a soil of low bearing capacity, the most economical
foundation is
A. shallow foundation B. deep foundation

C. raft foundation D. grillage foundation

Answer: Option D

13. The distance between the flanges of the beams in steel grillage
foundation should not be more than twice the width of flange.
A. True B. False

Answer: Option A

14. A grillage foundation can be treated as a deep foundation.


A. Right B. Wrong

Answer: Option A

15. In order to protect the beam against corrosion, a minimum cover of


A. 50 mm B. 100 mm

C. 150 mm D. 200 mm

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU

Answer: Option B

16. In masonry construction, excessive tension is not permissible and


hence in order that the supporting area is fully in compression, the
width of footing is so adopted that the centre of gravity of the load
falls.
within the middle third of
A. at the centre of base B.
base

within the middle fifth of


C. D. any one of these
base

Answer: Option B

17. For a rectangular foundation of width b, the eccentricity of the load


should not be greater than
A. b/3 B. b/4

C. b/5 D. b/6

Answer: Option D

18. Which of the following statement is correct?


A combined rectangular
A combined footing is so
footing is provided where
proportioned that the
loading condition is such
centre of gravity of the
A. B. that either the two
supporting area is in line
columns are equally loaded
with the centre of gravity
or the interior column
of the two column loads.
carries greater load.

A trapezoidal shaped
C. footing is provided under D. all of the above
any condition of loading.

Answer: Option D

19. In made-up ground having a low value of its bearing power, heavy
concentrated structural loads are generally supported by providing

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
A. combined footing B. strap footing

C. raft footing D. all of these

Answer: Option C

20. Which of the following foundation is used for weaker soil?


A. Column footing B. Grillage footing

C. Raft footing D. all of these

Answer: Option D
21. The raft foundations are generally used when the required area of
footing is
A. more than one-fourth B. less than one-fourth

C. more than one-helf D. less than one-half

Answer: Option C

22. When two or more footings are connected by a beam, it is called


A. beam footing B. combined footing

C. strap footing D. mat footing

Answer: Option C

23. A foundation consisting of thick reinforced concrete slab covering the


entire area of the bottom of the structure, is known as
A. pile foundation B. pier foundation

C. raft foundation D. machine foundation

Answer: Option C

24. A raft foundation is also known as mat foundation


A. Correct B. Incorrect

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU

Answer: Option A

25. A black cotton soil is unsuitable for foundations because it


undergoes volumetric
swells excessively when
A. changes with the change B.
wet
of atmospheric conditions

shrinks excessively when


C. D. all of the above
dry

Answer: Option D

26. For providing safe and economical foundation in black cotton soil, the
under-reamed piles are commonly recommended.
A. Yes B. No

Answer: Option A

Explanation:

27. When a veavy structure is to be constructed in sandy soil, the


foundation used is
A. pier foundation B. strap foundation

C. raft foundation D. any one of these

Answer: Option A

28. Pile foundation is generally used when the soil is


A. compressible B. water-logged

C. made-up type D. all of these

Answer: Option D

29. The type of foundation most suitable for brideges is


A. pier foundation B. raft foundation

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
C. pile foundation D. strap foundation

Answer: Option C

30. A combined footing is commonly used


when two columns are when two columns are
A. B.
spaced close to each other spaced far apart

C. under a set of columns D. under a set of walls

Answer: Option A
31. The piles which do not support the load by themselves, but act as a
medium to transmit the load from the foundation to the resisting sub-
stratum, are known as
A. friction piles B. bearing piles

C. batter piles D. compaction piles

Answer: Option B

32. The piles which are driven in the type of soil whose strength does not
increase with depth or where the rate of increase in strength with
depth is very slow, are known as
A. friction piles B. bearing piles

C. batter piles D. compaction piles

Answer: Option A

33. In combined footing


A. depth of footing varies B. width of footing is uniform

centre of gravity of the


column loads must coincide
C. D. all of the above
with the centre of gravity
of the footing

Answer: Option C
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU

34. Pile foundations are used where the good bearing capacity is
available near the ground.
A. True B. False

Answer: Option B

पपपपपप पपप पपपप पपपप


पपपपपप प,पपपपपपपप
g]kfnOl~hlgol/Ë;]jf, l;len ;d'x
k|fljlwstk{m Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf, l;len ;d"x,Sub–Overseer jf ;f] ;/x kbsf] k|ltof]lutfTds
lnlvt gd\'gf kl/Iff
Key (C)
;do M $% laifoM Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf ;DjGwL k"0f{ÍM– !))

pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zg kqsf] Keyclgjfo{ pNn]v ug'{kg]{5. pNn]v gu/]df pQ/ k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5. ;fy}
k/LIffdf Calculator,Mobile k|of]u ug{ kfOg] 5}g.
a:t'ut ax'pQ/ -%)×@cÍ_M–!))

1. Pencil used for drawing very light ( Projection line ) the pencil referred is ?
A. H B. 2H
C. B D. HB
2. The size of the title box is generally ?
A. 420 X 65 mm B. 185 X 65 mm
B. 297 X 65 mm D. 185 X 50 mm
3. The point of intersection of coordinate axis is called
A. Zero - zero B. Origin
C. Cross point D. all of the above
4. The equipment mainly used to transfer the measurements is
A. Scale B. Divider
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
C. Compass D. Drawing pin
5. In levelling survey, the levelling equipment are generally used to measure as :
A. Spot level B. Spot angle
C. Spot area D. All of the above
6. Differential GPS ( DGPS ) is used in the following situation
A. When the control points are feasible to transfer to the working site
B. When the control points are very apart and difficulty to transfer to the
projects site
C. When the control points are near to site and easily transfer to project site
D. In the humid and poor visibility area

7. A scale which has a common representative fraction, but read in different


measures, is called a
A. plain scale B. diagonal scale

C. shrunk scale D. comparative scale

8. Which of the following statement is correct?


The indirect ranging is resorted
The line ranger is used for
to when the ends of a line are
A. fixing intermediate points on the B.
not intervisible due to high
chain lines.
ground.

The chainman at the forward


C. D. all of the above
end of the chain is called leader.
9. The error in measured length due to sag of chain or tape is known as
A. positive error B. negative error

C. compensating error D. instrumental error


10. The optical square is used to measure angles by

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU

A. refraction B. reflection

C. double refraction D. double reflection


11. The specific gravity of stone should not, in any case be less than
A. 1 B. 1.5

C. 2 D. 2.5

12. Which of the following statements is wrong?


A stone with large percentage
A. B. Quartz has a greasy lustre.
of quartz is very soft.

Felspar is a silicate of
aluminium with varying
C. D. all of these
amounts of potash, soda or
lime.
13. The most powerful explosive used in blasting is
A. blasting power B. dynamite

C. gun cotton D. cordite


14. The attrition test on stones is performed
for assessing the resistance of
to determine the crushing
A. B. stone to the sun, rain, wind
strength of the stone
etc.

for ascertain the stability of for determining the rate of


C. the stone when exposed to D. wear of stone due to grinding
acid fumes action under traffic

15. The minimum vertical clearance inside the tunnel should be..
A. 3.75 m B. 4.75 m C. 5.0 m D. 5.75 m

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
16. A first class brick should not absorb water more than
A. 10% B. 15%

C. 20% D. 25%

17. The weight of the 10 mm diameter mild steel rod per meter length is
0.22 kg B. 0. 32
A. C. 0. 42 kg D. 0.62 kg
kg

18. The transforming the professional drawing plan into the ground is called ..
Layout B. As build Offsetting D. Setting
A. C.
drawing out

19. A first class brick should have a minimum crushing strength of


A. 7 MN/m2 B. 10.5 MN/m2

C. 12.5 MN/m2 D. 14 MN/m2

20. The detention time for septic tank is in the range of


A. 6 - 12 hrs B. 1-3 days

C. 3-5 days D. 1 weeks

21. The percentage of silica in a good brick clay should vary from
A. 20 to 30% B. 30 to 40%

C. 40 to 50% D. 50 to 60%

22. Distemper is used on


A. Brick wall B. Concrete surface

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU

Plastered surface exposed to Plaster surface not exposed to


C. D.
weather weather

23. When heavy structural loads from columns are required to be transferred to a
soil of low bearing capacity, the most economical foundation is
A. shallow foundation B. deep foundation

C. raft foundation D. grillage foundation

24. In order to protect the beam against corrosion, a minimum cover of


A. 50 mm B. 100 mm

C. 150 mm D. 200 mm

25. For a rectangular foundation of width b, the eccentricity of the load should
not be greater than
A. b/3 B. b/4

C. b/5 D. b/6

26. The aggregate mix in which certain size particles are entirely absent is called
..
A. Well graded B. Gap graded

C. Bulk graded D. None of the above

27. The distribution bar resists against …


A. Deformation B. Shortening

C. Cracking D. Elongation

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU

28. For D.P.C at plinth level, the commonly used materials is ..


A. Bitumen sheeting B. Cement concrete

C. Plastic sheeting D. Mastic asphalt

29. A semi-rigid material which forms an excellent impervious layer for damp-
proofing, is called
A. bitumen B. mastic asphalt

C. aluminal D. bituminous felt


30. The damp-proof course
A. may be horizontal or vertical B. should be continuous

should be good impervious


C. D. all of these
material

31. Which of the following statement is correct?


The cavity should terminate
The cavity should start near
A. B. near eaves level in case of
the ground level.
sloping roof.

The cavity should terminate


C. near coping in case of flat D. all of the above
roof with parapet wall.

32. Sprinklar irrigation is adopted for


A. level B. uneven

C. hilly

33. The method of irrigation used for orchards is


QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU

A. free flooding B. border flooding

C. check flooding D. basin flooding

34. The hydrology is a science which deals with the


occurrence of water on the distribution of water on the
A. B.
earth earth

movement of water on the


C. D. all of these
earth

35. A Canal in which aligned at right angle to the contour is called..


A. Branch canal B. Side slope canal

C. Contour canal D. none of these

36. Hook's holds good for


A. Proportionality limit B. Elastic limit

C. plastic limit D. All of above


37. Lengths of tunnel of Bheri Babai Diversion projects is ..
A. 8 km B. 10 km

C. 12 km D. 15 km

38. Run-off is measured in


A. m3/s B. m3/min

C. m3/h D. none of these

39. The unit of measurements for scaffolding is .


A. Meter B. Square meter

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU

C. Cubic meter D. Lump sump


40. Measurements of soling works is done in..
A. Running Meter B. Square meter

C. Cubic meter D. All of the above

41. In analysis of rates, the profit and overhead for the contractor is generally
taken as.
A. 5% B. 10 %

C. 15 % D. 20 %

42. Revised estimate is prepared when the sanctioned original detail estimated
exceeds by?
A. 5% B. 10 % C. 15 % D. 20 %

43. Minimum longtidunal slope of road side drains As per NRS is ?


A. 0.5 % B. 1%

C. 1.5 % D. 2%

44. The construction of a temporary structure required to support an unsafe


structure, is called
A. underpinning B. scaffolding

C. shoring D. jacking

45. The city roads which are meant for through traffic usually on a continuous
route are known as
A. carriage-way B. express way
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU

C. arterial streets D. sub-arterial streets

46. The technique for establishing and maintaining priorities among the various
jobs of a project, is known
A. Event flow scheduling technique
B. Critical ratio scheduling
C. Slotting technique for scheduling
D. Short interval scheduling.

47. Frederick W. Taylor introduced a system of working known as


A. line organisation
B. line and staff organisation
C. functional organisation
D. effective organisation.

48. The maximum bending moment due to a moving load on a simply supported
beam, occurs
A. at the mid span
B. at the supports
C. under the load
D. anywhere on the beam

49.. The maximum area of tension reinforcement in beams shall not exceed
A. 0.15%
B. 1.5%
C. 4%

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
D. 1%

50. cement mortar mix generally used for celling plaster is…
A. 1:3
B. 1:4
C. 1:5
D. 1:6

GOOD LOCK

Prepared By: Khem Raj Sijapati

पपपपपप पपप पपपप पपपप


पपपपपप प,पपपपपपपप
g]kfnOl~hlgol/Ë;]jf, l;len ;d'x
k|fljlwstk{m Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf, l;len ;d"x,Sub–Overseer jf ;f] ;/x kbsf] k|ltof]lutfTds
lnlvt gd\'gf kl/Iff
Key (C)
;do M $% laifoM Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf ;DjGwL k"0f{ÍM– !))

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zg kqsf] Keyclgjfo{ pNn]v ug'{kg]{5. pNn]v gu/]df pQ/ k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5. ;fy}
k/LIffdf Calculator,Mobile k|of]u ug{ kfOg] 5}g.
a:t'ut ax'pQ/ -%)×@cÍ_M–!))

1. The main principle of survey is


A. working from whole to part B. Working from part to whole
C. Both of above D. None of above
2. In plane survey, the curvature of the earth surface is not taken into account , the
area of field should be less than ..
A. 260 km2 B.250 km2
C. 160 km2 D. all of above
3. For an indirect ranging the number of ranging rods are required
A.3 B. 4
C.5 D.6
4. Contour line with U-shaped with convexity towards lower ground indicate..
A. Valley B. Ridge
C. Saddle D. Vertical cliff
5. Spalling hammer is used for
A. Rough dressing of stone B. Quarrying of stone
C. Craving of stone D. All of the above
6. Which have of following maximum crushing strength
A. Gneiss B. Sandstone
C. Quartzite D. Mica
7. The loss of ignition in cement should not exceed
A. 1 % B. 4 %
C. 8 % D. None of above
8. Dormant period ( 2-5 hrs) is concerned with
A. Hydration of cement B. Fineness of cement
C. Soundness of cement D. All of the above
9. The property of a materials by which it can be beaten or rolled into plates, is
called
A. Malleability B. Ductility
B. Plasticity D. Elasticity
10. Tensile test is done for
A. Brittle Material B. Ductile Material
C. Elastic material D. Plastic Material
11. Which of the following materials will have the highest young modulus ?
A. Brass B. Timber
C. Mild steel D. Steel
12. Section modulus of circular section is
A. πD4/64 B. πD4/32
C. πD /32
3 D. πD3 /64
13. If the velocity, pressure, density etc change at a point with respect to time, the
flow is called
A. Uniform B. Compressible
C. Unsteady D. Incompressible

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
14. Head loss increasing with
A. Increasing with velocity B. Decreasing with velocity
C. Decreasing with lengths of pipe D. Increasing in diameter of pipe
15. Floating methods is used for the measurements of
A. Discharge B. Head
C. Pressure D. None of the above
16. The ratio of maximum velocity to average velocity for steady flow between fixed
parallel plate is
A. 1/3 B. 1/6
C. 3/2 D. 2/3
17. The soil transported by running water is called
A. Alluvial soil B. Lacustrine soil
C. Aeolien soil D. Marine soil
18. The ratio of the volume of voids to the total volume of the given soil mass, is
known
A.porosity B.specific gravity
C.void ratio D.water content.
19. The soil moisture driven off by heat, is called
A.free water B.hydroscopic water
C.gravity water D.none of these.
20. Shallow footing is one whose depth is
A. Always equal to width B. Less than the width
C. More than the width D. None of the above
21. Short column taking maximum load having equal section
A. Sal B. Pcc
C. Chir D. Pine
22. Concrete is said to be grade of M20, if its 28 day strength is
A. 2kg/ mm2 B. 20 kg/mm2
C. 200 kg/ mm2 D. 2000 kg/mm2
23. In case of cantilever beam, main bars are kept
A. At bottom B. AtCentre
C. At Top D. Anywhere
24. The bending moment in a cable carrying a system of load
A. Zero at all points B. Minimum at the center
C. Maximum at the center D. None of the above
25. Raft foundation are generally preferred to when the area required for individual
footing, is more than
A.25% to total area B.30% of total area
C.40% to total area D.50% of total area.
26. Black cotton soil is unsuitable for foundation because of its ..
A. Low bearing capacity B. Uncertain permeability
C. Cohesive properties D. None of the above
27. Shape of gravity dam is
A. Triangular shape B. Trapezoidal shape
C. Rectangular shape D. Any shape
28. Which of the following wall is not designed for taking lateral load..
A. Buttress B. Gravity
C. Lateral D. Counterfort

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
29. The maximum concentration of zinc in drinking water is
A. 2 ppm B. 3 ppm
C. 4 ppm D. 5 ppm
30. Wholesome water is also known as
A. Potable water B. Polluted water
C. Contaminated water D. All of the above
31. Two sewer section laid at same grade, will be hydraulically equivalent, if
A. Their discharge capacity when running full are equal
B. Their flow velocity when running full are equal
C. Their flowing area running full are equal
D. All the above factors are equal.
32. Widely used pipe for rural water supply in Nepal is ..
A. HDP Pipes B. G.I pipes
C. PVC pipes D. C.I pipes
33. Which of the following crops are in Rabi Groups ?
A. Groundnut B. Potato
C. Bajra D. None of the above
34. Useful soil moisture for plant growth, is
A. capillary water B. gravity water
C. hygroscopic water D. chemical water
35. The duty is largest
A. At the head of main canal B. At the head of water course
C. On the field D. Same at all place
36. The numerical value of base period is
A. Less than the crop period B. More than the crop period
C. Equal to the crop period D. All the above.
37. An underground passes used by pedestrian, vehicular traffic etc.. is called,
A. Sub way B. Service road
C. Fly over D. Drive way
38. As per NRS 2070, a minimum width of foot path should be
A. 0.6 m B. 1.2 m
C. 1.5 m D. 2 m
39. Minimum radius of curvature for any types of curves should not be less than
A. 10m B. 12m
C.25 m D.20 m
40. The depression formed by the junction of two falling gradients is
A. Depression B. Valley
C. Summit D. All of the above
41. Which of the following is the most correct estimate
A. Plinth area estimate B. Cube rate estimate
C. Detailed estimate D. All of above
42. The volume of course aggregate required to make 100 m3 of 1:2:4 concrete is
A. 84 m3 B. 87 m3
C. 90 m3 D. 93 m3
43. Unit of measurement of skirting is
A. m B. Sqm
C. Kg D. Rm
44. Unit of measurement of site clearance in irrigation channel is

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
A. m B. Sqm
C. m3 D. Rm

45. Gantt chart indicates..


A. Balance of work to be done B. Effective progress
C. Comparision of actual progress with the schedule progress
D. Progressive cost of project
46. Military organization is known as
A. Line organization B. Line and staff organization
C. Functional organization D. None of the above
47. Weight of steel per cubic meter (m3)
A. 1000 kg B. 2000 kg
C. 7850 kg D. 8850 kg
48. In a RCC beam, if amount of steel increasing the depth of neutral axis
A. Constant B. Decrease
C. Increase D. none of the above
49. International Civil Aviation Organization ( I.C.A.O) was set up at Montreal
A. 1929 B. 1939
C. 1947 D. 1950
50. Airport elevation is the reduced level above M.S.L. of
A.control tower B.highest point of the landing area
C.lowest point of the landing area D.none of these.

<<<The End>>>
pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zgkqsf] Key clgjfo{ ?kn] pNn]v ug'{kg{5 .
pNn]v gu/]sf] pQ/k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5 .

पपपपपप पपप पपपप पपपप


पपपपपप प,पपपपपपपप
g]kfnOl~hlgol/Ë;]jf, l;len ;d'x
k|fljlwstk{m Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf, l;len ;d"x,Sub–Overseer jf ;f] ;/x kbsf] k|ltof]lutfTds
lnlvt gd\'gf kl/Iff
Key (A)
;do M $% laifoM Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf ;DjGwL k"0f{ÍM– !))

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zg kqsf] Keyclgjfo{ pNn]v ug'{kg]{5. pNn]v gu/]df pQ/ k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5. ;fy}
k/LIffdf Calculator,Mobile k|of]u ug{ kfOg] 5}g.
a:t'ut ax'pQ/ -%)×@cÍ_M–!))

1. Working edge of the drawing board is kept…….. of the users ,


A. Left B. Right
C. Ahead D. All of the above
2. To draw or measure angles ……… is used,
A. Set-square B. T-square
C. Protractor D. all of above
3. For dimensioning and lettering normally following pencil are used ..
A. H & HB B. 2H & HB
C. H & 2HB D. 2H & 2HB
4. The size of A3 paper is
A. 297 mm x 420 mm B. 210 mm x 297 mm
C. 420 mm x 850 mm D. None of the above
5. The drawing for municipality is done at scale …
A. 1" = 8' B. 1:50
C. 1:100 D. Both a & c
6. The main objective of writing letters or alphabets on the drawing is to make the
drawing
A. More fantastic B. More informative
C. More Expansive D. All of the above
7. Generally the unit of measurements of partition wall is,
A. cu m B. sq m
C. Rm D. None of above
8. One metric horse power is equal to
A. 1.36 kw B. 0.736 kw
C. 1.736 kw D. 0.746 kw
9. Measurements of railing of staircase
A. Rm B. sq m
B. cu m D. Lump sump
10. The volume of cement required to make 100 m3 of 1:2:4 concrete is
A. 22 m3 B. 33 m3
C. 44 m3 D. 88 m3
11. An estimate is:
A. The calculations of quantities required item construction of a work
B. The computation of expenditure likely to be incurred in the construction of work
C. Both of the above
D. None of the above
12. The necessary elements of the estimate are :
A. Drawing B. Specification
C. Rates D. All of the above
13. The effects of local attraction is observed in
A. Chain survey B. Compass survey
C. Plane table survey D. levelling

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
14. The smaller angle which a survey lines makes with the true meridian is known
as
A. Altitude B. Azimuth
C. Declination D. Bearing
15. Hydrographic survey deals with the mapping of
A. Large water bodies B. Canal system
C. Cloud movement D. None of the above
16. The tie lines is run through the survey to
A. Take offsets for details surveying
B. Take details of near by objects
C. Check accuracy of the work
D. All of the above
17. Principle of surveying is to prevent accumulations of errors is
A. To work from whole to the part
B. To work from part to the whole
C. Both (a ) and (b)
D. None of the above.
18. Which of the following scale is the smallest one
A. 1 cm = 10 m B. 1 cm = 100 m
C. 1 cm = 1000 m D. 1 cm = 10000 m
19. Good quality Building stone should not contain soluble salt more than
A. 0 % B. 1 %
C. 2 % D. 20 %
20. A stone is rejected if the water absorption is more than
A. 10 % B. 15 %
C. 20 % D. None of the above
21. The principle constituents of good brick earth is
A. Alumina B. Silica
C. lime D. Alkalies
22. Concrete is said to be grade of M20, if its 28 day strength is
A. 2kg/ mm2 B. 20 kg/mm2
C. 200 kg/ mm2 D. 2000 kg/mm2
23. Which of the following has highest crushing strengths
A. Lime stone B. Granite
C. Gneiss D. laterite
24. Which of the following has highest compressive strengths
A. Lime stone B. Granite
C. Gneiss D. laterite

25. The strengths of cement is reduced by …… after 6 months


A. 20 % B. 30 %
C. 40% D. 50%
26. As per IS specification, the minimum time for initial setting of ordinary Portland
cement ( OPC) is ..
A. 20 minutes B. 30 minutes
C. 60 minutes D. 10 Hours
27. Workability is tested by
A. Slump test B. vee bee test

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
C. compaction factor test D. All of the above
28. The strength of RHPC ( Rapid Harding Portland cement ) for one day is equal to …
day of OPC,
A. 2 days B. 3 days
C. 4 days D. 5 days
29. Distemper is used on
A. Roof top
B. Plastered surface exposed to weather
C. Plastered surface not exposed to weather
D. Un plastered surface exposed as well as not exposed to weather
30. Specific gravity of water is
A. 1 B. 10
C. 100 D. 1000
31. The cement widely used in retaining wall, is
A. Rapid hardening cement B. Low heat cement
C. Sulphate resisting cement D. Ordinary Portland cement
32. To prevent segregation, the maximum height of for placing concrete, is
A. 100 cm B. 125 cm
C. 150 cm D. 200 cm
33. The top diameter, bottom diameter, and height of the slump mould are :
A. 10 cm, 20 cm, 30 cm B. 10 cm, 30 cm, 20 cm
C. 20 cm, 10 cm, 30 cm D. None of the above
34. Unit weight of PCC ( Plain Cement concrete) is
A. 24 KN/m3 B. 25 KN/m3
C. 2.4 T/m3 D. Both (A) and (C)
35. The duty is largest
A. At the head of main canal B. At the head of water course
C. On the field D. Same at all place
36. Lining of canal ……. the maintenance of the canal
A. Increase B. Decrease
C. Does not affect D. None of the above
37. An underground passes used by pedestrian, vehicular traffic etc.. is called,
A. Sub way B. Service road
C. Fly over D. Drive way
38. For irrigation purpose , the pH value of water should be
A. Between 3 & 6 B. Between 6 & 8.5
C. Between 8.5 & 11 D. more than 11
39. Minimum radius of curvature for any types of curves should not be less than
A. 10m B. 12m
C.25 m D.20 m
40. The total reaction time for an average driver for normal situation is
A. 5 sec B. 2 sec
C. 3 sec D. 4 sec
41. Sidhartha highway connects with
A. Kathmandu - Pokhara B. Sunauli- Pokhara
C. Birgunj - Pokhara D. Mustang - Pokhara
42. The volume of course aggregate required to make 100 m3 of 1:2:4 concrete is
A. 84 m3 B. 87 m3

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
C. 90 m3 D. 93 m3
43. Turbidity of water is remedied by
A. Sedimentation B. Chlorination
C. Filtration D. All of the above
44. Water losses in water supply, is assumed as
A. 5 % B. 7.5 %
C. 10 % D. 15 %
45. For D.P.C at plinth level, the commonly adopted materials is,
A. Bitumen sheeting B. plastic sheeting
C. Mastic Asphalt D. cement concrete
46. Military organization is known as
A. Line organization B. Line and staff organization
C. Functional organization D. None of the above
47. Weight of steel per cubic meter (m3)
A. 1000 kg B. 2000 kg
C. 7850 kg D. 8850 kg
48. For D.P.C at plinth level, the mostly adopted materials is,
A. Bitumen sheeting B. plastic sheeting
C. Mastic Asphalt D. cement concrete

49. The most efficient section of channel is :


A. Triangular B. Rectangular
C. Square D. Trapezoidal
50. The cement sand mortar preferred in load bearing wall is
A. 1: 2 B. 1: 4
C. 1: 8 D. 1: 6

<<<The End>>>
pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zgkqsf] Key clgjfo{ ?kn] pNn]v ug'{kg{5 .
pNn]v gu/]sf] pQ/k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5 .

Surveying
1. In plane surveying,
The curvature of the earth is the surveys extend over small
A. B.
taken into consideration areas

the surveys extend over large


C.
areas

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU

Answer: Option B

2. In geodetic surveying, the curvature of the earth is taken into consideration.


A. Agree B. Disagree

Answer: Option A

3. The curvature of the earth is taken into consideration if the limit of survey is
A. 50 to 100 km2 B. 100 to 200 km2

C. 200 to 250 km2 D. more than 250 km2

Answer: Option D

4. The difference is length between the arc and the subtended chord on the
surface of the earth for a distance of 18.2 km is only
A. 10 mm B. 30 mm

C. 50 mm D. 100 mm

Answer: Option A

5. The difference between the sum of the angles of a apherical triangle on the
earth's surface and the angles of the corresponding plane triangle for every
195.5 km2 of area is only
A. 1 second B. 5 second

C. 10 second D. 15 second

Answer: Option A

6. In order to determine the natural features such as valleys, rivers, lakes etc., the
surveying preferred is
A. city surveying B. location surveying

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU

C. cadastral surveying D. topographical surveying

Answer: Option D

7. The reconnaissance surveying is carried out to determine the artificial features


such as roads, railways, canals, buildings etc.
A. True B. False

Answer: Option B

8. The surveying used to determine additional details such as boundaries of


fields, is called
A. city surveying B. location surveying

C. cadastral surveying D. topographical surveying

Answer: Option C

9. The fundamental principle of surveying is to work from the


A. whole to the part B. part to the whole

C. lower level to higher level D. higher level to lower level

Answer: Option A

10. The working from whole to the part is done in surveying in order to ensure that
survey work is completed more
A. B. number of errors is minimum
quickly

errors and mistakes of one


C. plotting is done more quickly D. portion do not affect the
remaining portion

Answer: Option D

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU

11. The representative fraction of the scale is the ratio of the distance on the map or dr
distance on the ground
A. Yes B. No

Answer: Option A

12. When 1 cm on a map represents 10 m on the ground, the representative fraction of


A. 1?10 B. 1?100

C. 1?1000 D. 1?10000

Answer: Option C

13. The representative fraction 1 / 2500 means that the scale is


A. 1 cm = 0.25 m B. 1 cm = 2.5 m

C. 1 cm = 25 m D. 1 cm = 250 m

Answer: Option C

14. A plain scale is used to read


A. one dimension B. two dimensions

C. three dimensions D. all of these

Answer: Option B

15. A diagonal scale is used to read


A. two B. three

C. four

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU

Answer: Option B

16. A scale which has a common representative fraction, but read in different measure
A. plain scale B. diagonal scale

C. shrunk scale D. comparative scal

Answer: Option D

17. A scale used for measuring fractional parts of the smallest division of the main sca
A. Correct B. Incorrect

Answer: Option A

18. In a direct vernier, the smallest division of a vernier is


A. equal to B. shorter than

C. longer than

Answer: Option B

19. In a retrograde vernier, the smallest division of a vernier is


A. equal to B. shorter than

C. longer than

Answer: Option C

20. With a simple vernier, readings can be taken in one direction only.
A. Yes B. No

Answer: Option A
21. If x is the smallest division on the main scale and n are the number of divisions on
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
the vernier, then the least count of the vernier is
A. x+n B. x-n

C. xxn D. x?n

Answer: Option D

22. An average length of a pace is


A. 60 cm B. 80 cm

C. 100 cm D. 120 cm

Answer: Option B

23. The method of measuring distance by pacing is chiefly used in


A. reconnaissance surveys B. preliminary surveys

C. location surveys D. all of these

Answer: Option A

24. A metallic tape is made of an alloy of nickel and steel.


A. True B. False

Answer: Option B

25. An invar tape is generally used for accurate measurement of distance because
it possesses
A. zero B. low

C. high

Answer: Option B

26. The instrument attached to the wheel of a vehicle in order to measure the
distance travelled, is called
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU

A. passometer B. pedometer

C. odometer D. speedometer

Answer: Option C

27. It is more convenient and gives better results while measuring horizontal
distance
A. down the hill B. up the hill

C. in plane areas

Answer: Option A

28. Which of the following statement is correct?


The indirect ranging is
The line ranger is used for
resorted to when the ends of a
A. fixing intermediate points on B.
line are not intervisible due to
the chain lines.
high ground.

The chainman at the forward


C. end of the chain is called D. all of the above
leader.

Answer: Option D

29. The correction to be applied to each 30 m chain for a line measured along a
slope of ? is
A. 30 (1 - sin ?) B. 30 (1 - cos ?)

C. 30 (1 - tan ?) D. 30 (1 - cot ?)

Answer: Option B

30. Direct ranging is possible only when the end stations are

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU

A. close to each other B. not more than 100 m apart

located at highest points in the


C. mutually intervisible D.
sea

Answer: Option C
31. The error in measured length due to incorrect holding of chain is
A. compensating error B. cumulative error

C. instrumental error D. negative error

Answer: Option A

32. When the length of chain used in measuring distance is shorter than the
standard length, the error in measured distance will be compensating error.
A. Right B. Wrong

Answer: Option B

33. When the length of chain used in measuring distance is longer than the
standard length, the error in measured distance will be
A. positive error B. negative error

C. compensating error D. none of these

Answer: Option B

34. If a chain is used at a temperature at which it was calibrated, the error in


measured length is positive.
A. equal to B. lower than

C. higher than

Answer: Option B

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
35. If a chain is used at a temperature
A. equal to B. lower than

C. higher than

Answer: Option C

पपपपपप पपप पपपप पपपप


पपपपपप प,पपपपपपपप
g]kfnOl~hlgol/Ë;]jf, l;len ;d'x
k|fljlwstk{m Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf, l;len ;d"x,Sub–Overseer jf ;f] ;/x kbsf] k|ltof]lutfTds
lnlvt gd\'gf kl/Iff
Key (A)
;do M $% laifoM Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf ;DjGwL k"0f{ÍM– !))

pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zg kqsf] Keyclgjfo{ pNn]v ug'{kg]{5. pNn]v gu/]df pQ/ k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5. ;fy}
k/LIffdf Calculator,Mobile k|of]u ug{ kfOg] 5}g.
a:t'ut ax'pQ/ -%)×@cÍ_M–!))

1. In direct methods of contouring, the process of locating or identifying points


laying on a contour is called
A. Ranging B. Centering
C. Horizontal contour D. Vertical contour
2. Substance bar is an instrument used for
A. Leveling
B. Measurements of horizontal distance in plane areas
C. Measurements of horizontal distance in undulated areas
D. Measurements of angles
3. The real image of an objects formed by the objectives must lie
A. In the plane of cross hair B. At the optical center of eye pieces
C. At the center of the telescope D. Any where inside the telescope
4. How many chains are used in surveying
A. 3 B. 4
C. 5 D. 6
5. Due to attack of dry rot, the timber
A. Cracks B. Reduced power
C. Shrinks D. All of the above
6. Which one of the following cements contains maximum percentage of di-calcium
silicates ...
A. Ordinary Portland Cement B. Rapid Hardening cement
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
C. Low heat cement D. Sulphate resisting cement
7. The stone suitable for rubble masonry should be
A. Hard B. Tough
C. Heavy D. Light
8. Which of the following pairs give a correct combination of the useful and harmful
constituents respectively of a good brick earth
A. Lime stone & Alumina B. Alumina and iron
C. Silica and Alkalies D. Alkalies and magnesium
9. Which of the following end conditions permits the displacement in any direction
and also rotation ?
A. Fixed End B. Hinged End
B. Free End D. Roller end
10. When the cantilever beam is loaded at its free end, the maximum compressive
strength shall developed at
A. Bottom Fiber B. Top fiber
C. Neutral Fiber D. Center of gravity
11. When the cantilever beam is loaded at its free end, the maximum Tensile
strength shall developed at
A. Bottom Fiber B. Top fiber
C. Neutral Fiber D. Center of gravity
12. Which of the following section is the most efficient in carrying bending moments ?
A. Rectangular section B. I- Section
C. Circular section D. L-Section
13. The property of fluid by virtue of which it offers resistance to shear is called
A. Surface Tension B. Cohesion
C. Adhesion D. Viscosity
14. Liquids
A. Can not be compressed B. Occupy definate volume
C. Are not affected by change in pressure and temperature
D. None of the above
15. Eulers dimensionless number related the following
A. Inertia force and gravity B. Viscous force and boyancy force
C. viscous force and inertia force D. Pressure force and inertia force
16. Hot wire anemometer is used to measures
A. Pressure in gases B. Pressure in liquids
C. Liquid Discharge D. Gas velocities
17. A grillage foundation
A. Is provided for heavily loaded isolated columns
B. Is treated as spread foundation
C. Consists of two sets of perpendicular placed steel beams
D. All of the above
18. Coefficient of permeability of soil
A. Does not depend upon temperature
B. Increasing with the decreasing in temperature
C. Increasing with the increasing in temperature
D. None of the above
19. Shear strength of a soil is unique function of
A. Effective stress only B. total stress only

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
C. Both Total and Effective stress D. None of the above
20. Minimum size of particle of soil silt, is
A. 0.002 mm B. 0.04 mm
C. 0.06 mm D. 1 mm
21. Steel is effectively used in
A. Under reinforced section B. Over reinforced section
C. Balance section D. All of the above
22. The maximum are of tension reinforcement in beams shall not exceeds...
A. 0.15 % B. 1.5 %
C. 4 % D. 1%
23. The minimum number of main steel bars provided in R.C.C
A. Rectangular column is 4
B. Circular column is 6
C. Octagonal column is 8
D. All of the above
24. The diameter of longitudinal bars of column should never be less than
A. 6 mm B. 8 mm
C. 12 mm D. 16 mm

25. Curing of pavements, floors, roofs and slab is done by


A. Membrance methods B. Covering surface with bags
C. Ponding methods D. Sprinkling water methods
26. The foundation are placed below ground level, to increasing
A. Strength B. Workability
C. Stability of structures D. All of the above
27. Workability is tested by
A. Slump test B. vee bee test
C. compaction factor test D. All of the above
28. Water cement ratio is generally expressed in volume of water required per
A. 10 kg B. 20 kg
C. 28.8 kg D. 50 kg
29. If pH value of water is
A. 7 water it is said to be neutral
B. Less than 7 it is said to be acidic
C. More than 7 it is said to be alkaline
D. All of the above
30. In distribution pipes, drain valves are provided at
A. lower point B. Higher point
C. Junction point D. any where
31. The population growth curve is
A. S- shaped curve B. Prabolic curve
C. Circular curve D. Straight line
32. Water supply system includes
A. Digging well of water B. Construction of canal
C. Construction of dams D. Entire arrangement from source to distribution
33. Irrigation canal are generally aligned along
A. Ridge line B. Contour line
C. Valley line D. Straight line
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
34. In a canal syphon, the flow is
A. Under atmospheric pressure B. Pipe flow
C. With critical velocity D. Under negative pressure
35. The duty is largest
A. At the head of main canal B. At the head of water course
C. On the field D. Same at all place
36. Lining of canal ……. the maintenance of the canal
A. Increase B. Decrease
C. Does not affect D. None of the above
37. An underground passes used by pedestrian, vehicular traffic etc.. is called,
A. Sub way B. Service road
C. Fly over D. Drive way
38. In highway construction, rolling start from
A. Sides and proceed to center
B. One side and proceed other side
C. Center and proceed to sides
D. Any of the above
39. The drain which is provided parallel to road way intercept and divert the water
from hill slope is known as
A. Catch water drain B. side drain
C. Sloping Drain D. Cross drain
40. The usual width of parapet wall along highway in hilly region is
A. 50 cm B. 60 cm
C. 70 cm D. 80 cm
41. The order of booking dimension is
A. Length, Breadth, Height B. Breadth, Length, Height
C. Height, Breadth, Length D. Any of the above
42. The Brick wrok is measured in sq meter, in case of
A. Honey comb Brick wall B. Brick Flat soling
C. Half brick wall or the partition
D. All of the above
43. Brick wall are measured in sq meter if the thickness of the wall is
A. 10 cm B. 15 cm
C. 20 cm D. All of the above
44. While preparing a detailed estimate
A. Dimension should be measured correct to 0.01 m
B. Area should be measured correct to 0.01 m2
C. Volume should be measured correct to 0.01 m3
D. All of the above
45. For D.P.C at plinth level, the mostly adopted materials is,
A. Bitumen sheeting B. plastic sheeting
C. Mastic Asphalt D. cement concrete
46. Which one of the following represents the activity
A. Excavation for foundation B. Curing of concrete
C. Setting of question paper D. All of the above
47. Mile stone chart were invented in the year of
A. 1910 B. 1920
C. 1930 D. 1940

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
48. The most popular type of organization used in civil engineering construction
A. Line organization B. Line and staff organization
C. Functional organization D. Effective organization

49. The runway orientation is made so that landing and take off are
A. against the wind direction
B. along the wind direction
C. Perpendicular to wind direction
D. None of the above
50. Airport elevation is the reduced level above M.S.L
A. Control tower B. Highest point of landing area
C. Lowest point of landing area D. None of these

<<<The End>>>
pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zgkqsf] Keyclgjfo{ ?kn] pNn]v ug'{kg{5 .
pNn]v gu/]sf] pQ/k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5 .

पपपपपप पपप पपपप पपपप


पपपपपप प,पपपपपपपप
g]kfnOl~hlgol/Ë;]jf, l;len ;d'x
k|fljlwstk{m Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf, l;len ;d"x,Sub–Overseer jf ;f] ;/x kbsf] k|ltof]lutfTds
lnlvt gd\'gf kl/Iff
Key (B)
;do M $% laifoM Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf ;DjGwL k"0f{ÍM– !))

pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zg kqsf] Keyclgjfo{ pNn]v ug'{kg]{5. pNn]v gu/]df pQ/ k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5. ;fy}
k/LIffdf Calculator,Mobile k|of]u ug{ kfOg] 5}g.
a:t'ut ax'pQ/ -%)×@cÍ_M–!))
1 Hydrographic survey deals with the mapping of
A. Large water bodies B. Heavenly Bodies
C. Mountaineous region D. Canal system

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
2. The radius of curvature of the arc of the bubble tube is generally kept
A. 10 meter B. 25 meter
C. 50 meter D. 100 meter
3. In chain surveying tie lines are primarily provided
A. To check the accuracy of the survey
B. To take offsets for detail survey
C. To avoid long offsets from chain lines
D. To increasing the number of chain lines
4. Closed contours of decreasing values towards their center, represents
A. a hill B. a depression
C. a saddle or pass D. a river bed
5. In a mortar, the binding materials is
A. cement B. sand
C. Surkhi D. Cinder
6. Wrought iron contains carbon upto
A. 0.25 % B. 0.50 %
C. 1 % D. 2.25 %
7. The stone suitable for ornamental works should be
A. Soft B. Tough
C. Heavy D. Light
8. Ultimate strength to cement provided by
A. Tricalcium silicites B. Di calcium silicates
C. Tricalciu aluminate D. tetra calcium alumino ferrite
9. The shape of the bending moment diagram over the length of a beam, having no
external load, is always
A. Linear B. Prabolic
B. Cubical D. Circular
10. When the cantilever beam is loaded at its free end, the maximum tensile strength
shall developed at
A. Bottom Fiber B. Top fiber
C. Neutral Fiber D. Center of gravity
11. If the shear force along a section of a beam is zero, the bending moment at the
section is
A. Zero B. Maximum
C. Minimum D. Average of maximum and minimum
12. The shape of the bending moment diagram over the length of a beam, carrying a
uniformly distributed load is always
A. Linear B. Parabolic
C. Cubical D. Circular
13. A pitot tube is used to measure
A. Pressure B. velocity of flow
C. Difference in flow D. None of these
14. If the volume of a liquid weighing 3000 kg is 4 cubic meter, 0.75 is its
A. Specific Weight B. Specific mass
C. Specific gravity D. None of the above
15. Bernoulli's equations assume that
A. Fluid is non viscous B. Fluid is homogeneous
C. Flow is along the stream line D. All of the above
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
16. The side slope of cipolletti weir is generally kept
A. 1 to 4 B. 1 to 3
C. 1 to 2 D. 1 to 1
17. Queen closer may be placed
A. In header course B. In stretcher course
C. In header course next to first brick D. In stretcher course next to first brick
18. The foundation in which a cantilever beam is provided to join two footing, is
known as
A. Strip footing B. Strap footing
C. Combined footing D. Raft footing
19. The under surface of an arch, is called
A. Soffit B. intrados
C. Haunch D. Back
20. Black cotton soli is unsuitable for foundation because its
A. Bearing capacity is low B. Permeability is uncertain
C. Particles are cohesive
D. Property to undergo a volumetric change due to variation of moisture content
21. Cantilever retaining wall can safely be used for a height not more than
A. 3 m B. 4 m
C. 5 m D. 6 m
22. The diameter of longitudinal bars of a column should never be less than
A. 6 mm B. 8 mm
C. 12 mm D . 16 mm
23. Design of R.C.C, simply supported beams carrying U.D.L is based on the resultant
B.M at
A. Supports B. Mid span
C. Every section D. Quarter section
24. According to IS: 456 specification, the safe diagonal tensile stress for M 150 Grade
concrete, is
A. 5 kg/cm2 B. 10 kg/cm2
C. 15 kg/cm2 D. 20 kg/cm2
25. The minimum water content at which the soil just begins when a rolled threads 3
mm in diameter, is known as
A. Liquid limit B. Plastic limit
C. Shrinkage limit D. Permeability limit
26. The foundation are placed below ground level, to increasing
A. Strength B. Workability
C. Stability of structures D. All of the above
27. Soils containing organic matters
A. Are of spongy nature B. Swell with decrease of moisture
C. Shrink with increase of moisture content D. None of these
28. The angle of internal friction is maximum for
A. Angular grained loose sand
B. Angular grained dense sand
C. Round grained dense sand
D. Round grained dense send
29. Surge tank are used
A. For store water B. To increasing the velocity in a pipe line
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
C. As overflow valve D. To guard against water hammer
30. The main process to purify water by filtration
A. Mechanical straining B. Flocculation and sedimentation
C. Biological metabolism D. All of the above
31. Surface water is obtained from
A. Well B. Spring
C. Artesian well D. Rain
32. Gravity conduits for carrying water from the source are
A. Canals B. Flumes
C. Acqueducts D. All of the above
33. Meandering of a river generally occurs, in
A. Rocky stage B. Delta stage
C. Boulder stage D. Trough stage
34. In a canal syphon, the flow is
A. Under atmospheric pressure B. Pipe flow
C. With critical velocity D. Under negative pressure
35. Canals taken off from ice -fed perennial rivers, are known as
A. Permanent canal B. Ridge canal
C. Perennial canal D. Ice canal
36. Useful soil moisture for plant growth, is
A. Capillary water B. Gravity water
C. Hygroscopic water D. Chemical water
37. Traffic surveys are carried out
A. To know type of traffic
B. To determine the facilities to traffic regulations
C. To design proper drainage system
D. All of the above
38. According to the Nepal Road Standard 2070, the right of way of nation highway
should not be less than
A. 20 m B. 30 m
C. 50 m D. Any of the above
39. According to NRS 2070, the design speed of class I road in plain terrain should be
A. 120 kmph B. 100 kmph
C. 80 kmph D. 60 kmph
40. The minimum superelevation in rolling terrain in plains, is limited to
A. 4 % B. 5 %
C. 6 % D. 7 %
41. The brick work is measured in sq meter, in case of
A. Honey comb brick work B. Brick flat soling
C. Half brick wall or the partition D. all of above
42. In case of laying gullies, siphons, intercepting traps, the cost includes
A. Setting and laying B. Bed concreting
C. Connections to drains D. All of the above
43. The minimum width of septic tank is taken
A. 70 cm B. 75 cm
C. 80 cm D. 90 cm
44. The most reliable estimate is
A. Detailed estimate B. Preliminary estimate

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
C. Plinth area estimate D. Cube rate estimate
45. The damp proof course is measured in
A. Square meter B. Cubic meter
C. Running meter D. Meter
46. Fredrick W. Taylor introduced a system of working known as
A. Line organization B. Line and staff organization
C. Functional organization D. Effective organization
47. Various activities of a project, are shown on bar charts by
A. Vertical lines B. Horizontal lines
C. Dots D. Crosses
48. The artificial activity which indicates that an activity following it, can not be
started unless the preceding activity is complete, is known as
A. Event B. Free float
C. Dummy activity D. Constant
49. The thickness design of the pavement, is decided on the load carried by
A. Main gears B. Nose wheel
C. Tail wheel D. All of the above
50. Beaufort scale is used to determine
A. Strength of winds B. Direction of winds
C. Height of air crafts D. None of these

<<<The End>>>
pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zgkqsf] Keyclgjfo{ ?kn] pNn]v ug'{kg{5 .
pNn]v gu/]sf] pQ/k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5 .
पपपपपप पपप पपपप पपपप
पपपपपप प,पपपपपपपप
g]kfnOl~hlgol/Ë;]jf, l;len ;d'x
k|fljlwstk{m Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf, l;len ;d"x,Sub–Overseer jf ;f] ;/x kbsf] k|ltof]lutfTds
lnlvt gd\'gf kl/Iff
Key (B)
;do M $% laifoM Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf ;DjGwL k"0f{ÍM– !))

pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zg kqsf] Keyclgjfo{ pNn]v ug'{kg]{5. pNn]v gu/]df pQ/ k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5. ;fy}
k/LIffdf Calculator,Mobile k|of]u ug{ kfOg] 5}g.
a:t'ut ax'pQ/ -%)×@cÍ_M–!))

1. Built up drawing is normally constructed for the work of :


a) Before construction b) After construction
c) Both of the above d) None of the above

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
2. Structural working drawing illustrates
a) Cover to the reinforcement b) Size of section
c) Number and size of bar d) All of the above
3. In architectural drawing all latters should be uniform is :
a) Size and shape b) Sloped and shade
c) Spacing d) All of the above
4. The size of A3 paper is
A. 297 mm x 420 mm B. 210 mm x 297 mm
C. 420 mm x 850 mm D. None of the above
5. The surface area of ........drawing sheet is one square meter
a) A0 b) A1
c) A2 d) A 3
6. The large size of drawing board ( as per ISI ) is designated by
a) B0 b) B1
c) B2 d) B3
7. The rate of an item of works depends on
A. Specification of works B. Specification of works
C. Methods of construction D. All of the above
8. The unit of measurement of Brick work is in
A. square meter B. Cubic meter
C. Running meter D. Quintal
9. The unit of measurements of Skriting is in
A. Rm B. sq m
B. cu m D. Lump sump
10. The weight of an item measured correct to nearest
A. 0.25 kg B. 0.50 kg
C. 0.75 kg D. 1.0 kg
11. The center line methods is specially adopted for
A. Circular building B. Hexagonal Building
C. Octagonal building D. All of the above
12. The necessary elements of the estimate are :
A. Drawing B. Specification
C. Rates D. All of the above
13. Contours of different elevations may cross each other in the case of
A. An overhanging cliff B. A vertical cliff
C. A saddle D. An inclined plane
14 Determining the difference in elevation between two points on the surface of the earth, is
known as
A. Levelling B. Differential levelling
C. Simple levelling D. Longitudinal levelling
15. The line of collimation method of reduction of levels, does not provide check on
A. Intermediate sights B. Fore sights
C. Back sights D. None of the above
16 The chord ofg a curve less than peg interval, is known as
A. Small chord B. Sub chord
C. Normal chord D. Short chord
17. Principle of surveying is to prevent accumulations of errors is
A. To work from whole to the part
B. To work from part to the whole

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
C. Both (a ) and (b)
D. None of the above.
18. A well conditional triangle has no angle less than
A. 20 degree B. 30 degree
C. 45 degree D. 60 degree
19. The rock formed by gradual deposition, are called
A. Sedimentary rocks B. Igneous rock
C. Metamorphic rock D. None of the above
20. Final setting time of quick setting cement is ,
A. 5 minute B. 10 minute
C. 20 minute D. 30 minute
21. Gneiss is obtained from
A. Igneous rock B. Metamorphic rock
C. Sedimentary rock D. Sedimentary metamorphic rock
22. Galvanising means covering iron with a thin coat of
A. Tin B. zinc
C. Glaze D. Coal tar
23. Good quality stone must
A. be durable B. be free from clay
C. resist action of acids D. all of the above
24. For filling cracks in masonry structures, the type of bitumen used, is
A. Cut-back bitumen B. Bitumen emulsion
C. Blow bitumen D. Plastic bitumen
25. The strengths of cement is reduced by …… after 24 months
A. 20 % B. 30 %
C.40% D.50%
26. The initial setting time of hydraulic lime, is
A. 30 minutes B. 60 minutes
C. 90 minutes D. 120 minutes
27. PVC stands for
A. Plastic Very compact B. Polythene Vinyl Chloride
C. Polythene Vinyl Carbon D. All of the above
28. Generally wooden moulds are made from
A. Ply wood B. Shisham wood
C. Teak wood D. deodar wood
29. Distemper is used on
A. Roof top
B. Plastered surface exposed to weather
C. Plastered surface not exposed to weather
D. Un plastered surface exposed as well as not exposed to weather
30. In stone masonry, stones ( stsrtified rocks ) are so placed that the direction of pressure
to the plane of bedding is
A. Right angle B. 45 degree
C. 90 degree D. Both [ A] & [C]
31. Workability improved by adding
A. Air entering agent B. Foaming agent
C. Aluminium compound D. All of the above
32. The commonly used materials in the manufacture of cement is
A. Sand stone B. Slate

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
C. Lime stone D. Graphite
33. For the construction of cement concrete floor, the maximum permissible size of
aggregate, is
A. 4 mm B. 6 mm
C. 8 mm D. 10 mm
34. Slump test is done for
A. Clay B. Sand
C. lime D. Concrete
35. Canal used to drain of water from water logged area is
A. Ditch canal B. Drain canal
C. Perennial canal D. None of these
36. Canal taking off from a river with or without head regulator, is called
A. Feeder canal B. Inundation canal
C. Ridge canal D. Contour canal
37. In concrete canal the approximate permissible velocity of water should not exceed
A. 0.5 m/sec B. 1 m/sec
C. 1.5 m/sec D. 2 m/sec
38. The minimum value of camber provided for thin bituminous surface hill roads, is
A. 2.2 % B. 2.5 %
C. 3.0 % D. 3.5 %
39. Camber is
A. longtidunal slope in the road for drainage
B. Cross slope in the road for drainage
C. Type of materials used in pavements
D. all of the above
40. If the cross slope of a country is 25 % to 60 %, the terrain is classified as
A. Plain B. Rolling
C. Steep D. Mountainous
41. The types of curves generally provided on highway is
A. Critical curve B. Transition curve
C. Vertical curve D. All of the above
42. The volume of Fine aggregate required to make 10 m3 of 1:2:4 concrete is
A. 2 .00 m3 B. 2.143 m3
C. 8.571 m3 D. 10.00 m3
43. The main objective of water supply is
A. to provide wholesome water B. to provide adequate quantity of water
C. to provide quality of water D. All of the above
44. Manholes along the mains from the source to a city are interval provided at 500 m
intervals
A. Steel pipes B. RCC pipes
C. Hume steel pipes D. All of the above
45. Water supply includes
A. Collection, transportation and treatment of water
B. Distribution of water to consumers
C. Provision of hydrants for fire fighting
D. All of the above
46. Completion of an activity on CPM network diagram, is generally known as
A. Event B. Node

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
C. Connector D. All of the above
47. A dummy activity
A. is artificial introduced B. is represented by a dotted line
C. Does not consume time D. All of the above
48. The performance of a specific task in CPM, is known as
A. Dummy B. Event
C. Activity D. Contract
49. The portion of a brick cut across the width, is called
A. Closer B. Half brick
C. bed D. bat
50. The brick laid with its breadth parallel to the face of a wall, is known as
A. Header B. Stretcher
C. Closer D. None of these

<<<The End>>>
pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zgkqsf] Keyclgjfo{ ?kn] pNn]v ug'{kg{5 .
pNn]v gu/]sf] pQ/k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5 .

For Answers & Result join fb group:


Engineering loksewa tayari sub-overseer-civil

पपपपपप पपप पपपप पपपप


पपपपपप प,पपपपपपपप
g]kfnOl~hlgol/Ë;]jf, l;len ;d'x
k|fljlwstk{m Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf, l;len ;d"x,Sub–Overseer jf ;f] ;/x kbsf] k|ltof]lutfTds
lnlvt gd\'gf kl/Iff
Key (D)
;do M $% laifoM Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf ;DjGwL k"0f{ÍM– !))

pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zg kqsf] Keyclgjfo{ pNn]v ug'{kg]{5. pNn]v gu/]df pQ/ k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5. ;fy}
k/LIffdf Calculator,Mobile k|of]u ug{ kfOg] 5}g.
a:t'ut ax'pQ/ -%)×@cÍ_M–!))

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
1. The art of representation of an objects by systemic lines on a paper is known as
a) drawing b) art
c) dimensioning d) profession
2. To measure a fraction we use
a) diagonal scale b) T – square
c) set square d) planimeter
3. The main purpose of a built drawing is :
a) dimensioning b) maintenance service work
c) award tender d) none of the above
4. In engineering field free hand drawing is mostly used for
A. shape B. size
C. to express easily to client D. to express dimensioning
5. Number of equal pieces of A4 size paper from Ao is equal to
a) 2 b) 4
c) 8 d) 16
6. Find the R.F for scale 1 cm = 25 km
a) 1/250 b) 1/2500
c) 1/25000 d) 1/2500000
7. The quantity of honey comb wall are worked in
A. meter B. square meter
C. cubic meter D. Any of the above
8. Normally which one contract gives the maximum value of project
A. Labour contract B. item rate contract
C. LS contract D. all of the above
9. The volume of coarse aggregate required to make 100 m3 of 1:2:4 concrete is
A. 84 m3 B. 87 m3
B. 90 m3 D. 93 m3
10. The useful part of liveable area of a building is also known as
A. Carpet area B. Circulation area
C. Horizontal circulation area D. Plinth area
11. The number of skilled manpower required for fabrication of 1 MT steel is
A. 4 B. 8
C. 12 D. 16
12. Full payment of contractor is done :
A. After agreement B. after construction
C. after maintenance D. All of the above
13. The optical square is used to measure angle by
A. refraction B. reflection
C. double refraction D. double reflection
14. The limiting length of the offsets is ……when its perpendicular direction is set out by an
eye,
A. 5 m B. 10 m
C. 15 m D. 20 m
15. The building is an examples of obstacles in which chaining and vision are both
obstructed.
A. correct B. incorrect
C. any of the above D. None of the above
16 Chain survey is suitable for
A. Small and open area
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
B. Large and open area
C. Undulation area
D. All of the above
17. The surveying used to determine additional details such as boundaries of filed is
called
A. City surveying B. location surveying
C. cadastral surveying D. Topographical surveying
18. The ratio of focal length of the objective to that of an eye pieces of a telescope is called
its
A. definition B. brightness
C. sensitivity D. magnification
19. Marble is an example of
A. aqueous rock B. metamorphic rock
C. sedimentary rock D. igneous rock
20. The colour of granite is,
A. grey B. green
C. brown D. all of the above
21. The main principle constituents of ordinary Portland cement is
A. Alumina B. Silica
C. lime D. Alkalies
22. The size of mould for bricks should be….. the specified size of the bricks.
A. equal to B. smaller than
C. larger than D. any of the above
23. Spalling hammer is used for :
A. rough dressing of stone B. quarrying of stone
C. craving of stone D. all of the above
24. Water absorption of cement should not be greater than
A. 5 % B. 10 %
C.15 % D. 20 %
25. Bloating of bricks is due to
A. presence of excess carbonaceous matter and sulpher
B. presence of any gas forming materials in clay
C. bad burning or rapid firing
D. All of the above
26. In rain water falls on a bricks then the shape of the brick gets deformed, this effects is
known as
A. efflorescence B. chuffs
C. bloating D. nodule
27. The consistency test is performed find ?
A. the correct water cement ratio B. the fineness of cement
C. Compressive strength D. Tensile strength
28. The paint high resistant to fire is ?
A. Enamel paint B. Asbestos paint
C. Aluminum paint D. Cement paint
29. le- chatelier's apparatus is used to carried out
A. consistency test
B. soundness test
C. Compressive strength test
D. Tensile strength test

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
30. The strength and quality of concrete depends on
A. Aggregate shape B. Aggregate grading
C. surface area of the aggregate D. all of the above
31. The approximate ratio of the direct tensile strength to direct compressive strength test ?
A. 0.33 B. 0.25
C. 0.5 D. 0.90
32. Three days compressive strength of O.P.C cement: sand mortar cubes, should not
A. 125 kg/cm2 B. 150 kg/cm2
C. 175 kg/cm2 D. 200 kg/cm2
33. The grade of concrete not recommended by IS: 456:2000 is :
A. M150 B. M200
C. M 250 D. M500
34. The maximum buckling factor for sand is
A. 1.00 B. 1.10
C. 1.20 D. 1.40
35. The operation during the infiltration of water below the ground surface, is
A. adsorption B. absorption
C. ozinazation D. Sedimentation
36. The other name of unconfined aquifer is
A. temporary aquifer B. permanent aquifer
C. free aquifer D. perched aquifer
37. In a reservoir, which types of storage is normally used ?
A. Useful storage B. Surcharge storage
C. Bank storage D. Dead storage
38. Camber in the road is provided for
A. effective drainage B. countracting the centrifugal force
C. having proper sight distance D. all of the above
39. Camber is
A. longtidunal slope in the road for drainage
B. Cross slope in the road for drainage
C. Type of materials used in pavements
D. all of the above
40. The rate of rise or fall of a road along its alignment is known as
A. gradient B. camber
C. side slope D. superelevation
41. Transition curve is provided in horizontal alignment
A. To increase the radius of transition curvature
B. to facilities the application super elevation

C. the counteract the centrifugal force developed


D. to prevent vehicles from skidding laterally
42. Sewerage system is designed for
A. maximum flow only B. minimum flow only
C. average floe only D. maximum and minimum flow
43. The main objective of water supply is
A. to provide wholesome water B. to provide adequate quantity of water
C. to provide quality of water D. All of the above
44. The minimum depth of infiltration gallery is
A. 2 m B. 3 m

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
C. 4 m D. 5 m
45. The pump does not required any power, energy, fuel etc. for its working is
A. centrifugal B. hydraulic ram
C. reciprocatory D. rotary
46. Bar charts are considered suitable for
A. Major projects B. Minor projects
C. large projects D. all of the above
47. The difference between total float and free float is called
A. start float B. finish float
C. independent float D. interfering float
48. The value of poisson's ratio always remains
A. greater than one B. lesser than one
C. equal to one D. none of these
49. The main purpose of cavity wall is
A. sound insulation B. damp proofing
C. heat insulation D. cost saving
50. The minimum thickness of wall where single Flemish bond can be used…
A. Half brick wall B. one brick wall
C. one and half brick wall D. two brick wall

<<<The End>>>
pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zgkqsf] Keyclgjfo{ ?kn] pNn]v
ug'{kg{5 . pNn]v gu/]sf] pQ/k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5 .

पपपपपप पपप पपपप पपपप


पपपपपप प,पपपपपपपप
g]kfnOl~hlgol/Ë;]jf, l;len ;d'x
k|fljlwstk{m Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf, l;len ;d"x,Sub–Overseer jf ;f] ;/x kbsf] k|ltof]lutfTds
lnlvt gd\'gf kl/Iff
Key (D)
;do M $% laifoM Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf ;DjGwL k"0f{ÍM– !))

pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zg kqsf] Keyclgjfo{ pNn]v ug'{kg]{5. pNn]v gu/]df pQ/ k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5. ;fy}
k/LIffdf Calculator,Mobile k|of]u ug{ kfOg] 5}g.
a:t'ut ax'pQ/ -%)×@cÍ_M–!))

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU

1. A metallic tape is made of


a) steel b) invar
c) linen d) Cloth and wires
2. For a well conditional triangle, no angle should be less than
a) 20 degree b) 30 degree
c) 45 degree d) 60 degree
3. Which of the following methods of offsets involves less measurement on the
ground ?
a) methods of perpendicular b) methods of oblique offsets
c) methods of ties d) all involve equal measurement on the ground
4. The maximum tolerance in a 20 m chain
A. ± 2 mm B. ± 3 mm
C. ± 5 mm D. ± 8 mm
5. Pick of the most favorable condition for the rapid growth of fungus for dry rot
from the following:
a) Absence of sun light b) dampness
c) presence of sap d) all of the above
6. The main constituents of cement which is responsible for initial setting of cement
is
a) Di- calcium silicates b) Tri- calcium silicates
c) Tri- calcium aluminates d) All of the above
7. In brick masonry the bond produced by laying alternatives headers and stretchers in
each course is known as,
A. English bond B. Double flemish bond
C. Zig zag bond D. Single flemish bond
8. Granite is not suitable for ordinary building purpose because
A. it can be polished B. it is not a fire proof materials
C. it is costly D. it has less crushing strength
9. Strain is defined as the ratio of
A. Change in volume to original volume
B. Change in length to original length
C. Change in cross sectional area to original cross sectional area
D. Any of the above
10. Hooks law holds good up to
A. Yield point B. Limit of proportionality
C. Breaking point D. elastic limit
11. The unit of young's modulus is
A. mm/mm B. kg/cm
C. kg D. kg/cm2
12. Deformation per unit length in the direction of force is known as :
A. Strain B. Lateral strain
C. linear strain D. unit strain
13. Residual soil are formed by
A. Glaciers B. wind
C. Water D. None of the above
14 Which of the following soil is transported by gravitational forces?
A. loess B. talus
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
C. drift D. dune sand
15. If the voids of soil mass are full of air only, the soil is termed as
A. air entrained soil B. partly saturated soil
C. dry soil D. dehydrated soil
16 The ratio of the volume of voids to the total volume of soil mass is called
A. Air content B. void ratio
C. porosity D. Percentage of air voids
17. Fluid is substance that
A. Can not be subjected to shear force
B. Always expands until it fills any container
C. has the same shear stress at a point regardless of its motion
D. Can not remain at rest under action of any shear force
18. Fluid is a substance which offers no resistance to change of
A. pressure B. flow
C. shape D. volume
19. When a body floating in a liquid, is displaced slightly, it oscillates about
A. center of pressure B. center of buoyancy
C. metacentre D. liquid surface
20. A fluid is said to be ideal, if it is
A. incompressible B. inviscous
C. viscous and incompressible D. inviscous and incompressible
21. A continuous beam shall be deemed to be a deep beam if the ratio of its effective
span to overall depth, is
A. 2.0 B. 2.5
C. less than 2 D. less than 2.5
22. A simply supported beam shall be deemed to be a deep beam if the ratio of its
effective span to overall depth, is
A. 2.0 B. 2.5
C. less than 2 D. less than 2.5

23. Moist curing of the exposed surface of concrete is done at least for
A. 3 days B. 7 days
C. 14 days D. 14 days
24. The reinforcing bars in beams are not bundled in contact if the diameter of the
bars, exceeds
A. 12 mm B. 20 mm
C. 35 mm D. 36 mm
25. Dado is usually provided in
A. dinning hall B. bath rooms
C. loving room D. roofs
26. The foundation in which a cantileaver beam is provided to join two footing, is
known as
A. strip footing B. strap footing
C. combined footing D. raft footing
27. A projecting piece usually provided to support a truss, is
A. cornice B. coping
C. frieze D. lintel
28. In horizontal D.P.C, thickness of cement concrete( 1:2:4) is

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
A. 2 cm B. 4 cm
C.6 cm D. 8 cm
29. Manholes are less common in
A. cast iron pipes B. steel pipes
C. hume steel pipes D. R.C.C pipes
30. Disinfection of drinking water, is done to remove
A. Odour B. Bacteria
C. Virus D. Hardness
31. The storage capacity of a reservoir may be divided into three zones. The lowest
zone is
A. Dead storage B. Useful storage
C. Surcharge storage D. None of the above
32. Maximum permissible colour for domestic water supplies, based on Cobalt scale,
is
A. 5 PPM B. 10 PPM
C. 15 PPM D. 20 PPM
33. Water shed line is abondened for alining an irrigation canal,if
A. water shed forms a sharp loop
B. canal has to take off from a river
C. towns and village are located on the water shed line
D. all the above
34. The phenomenon of salt coming up in solution and forming a layer of crust on
surface after the evaporation of water is known as
A. Reclamation B. Leaching
C. Efflorescence D. Salinity
35. The crops which improves the nitrogen content of soil , is
A.aquatic crop B. perennial crop
C.leguminous crop D.all of the above
36. Lime concrete lining is used
A. When velocity flow is below 2 m/s
B.in irrigation channels with capacities upto 200 cumecs
C. where economy is required
D. all of the above
37. The width of bay on a concrete road is generally taken as
A. > 4.5 m B. < 4.5 m
C. 3 to 4 m D. 2 to 3 m
38. Siddhartha highway connect…
A. Sunauli-pokhara B. Kathmandu-pokhara
C. Birgunj-pokhara D. none of the above
39. Super elevation provided from the center of road to outer edge is known as
A. cambering B. peaking
C. hampering D. tempering
40. The distance over which excavated material is transported, is called
A. lead B. haul
C. run D. all of the above
41. For electric wiring such as fan, light, plug etc, the estimate is made in terms of ..
A. type of point B. number of points
C. total load in main kw D. total length of wiring in meters
42. The actual weight of cement bag is more in case of
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
A. paper bag B. jute bag
C. nylon bag D. poked bag
43. Which of the following in not common size of reinforcement bars
A. 16 mm B. 20 mm
C. 25 mm D. 32 mm
44. Rate analysis is based on the following factors
A. Quantity of materials B. Quality of materials
C. Rate of materials D. all of the above
45. In PERT technique, completion of an activity is called
A. head activity B.head event
C. tail event D.tail activity
46. Total projects time is the
A. sum of duration of all activities
B. sum of duration of non-critical activities
C. sum of duration of critical activities
D. none of the above
47. Residential building are termed as
A. Light construction B. heavy construction
C. industrial construction D. none of the above
48. Tender document does not contain
A. tender form B. BOQ
C. amount of earnest money D. unit rate
49. Runway is designed on the basic of
A.runway length B. type of airport
C. types of aircraft D. wheel load of aircraft
50. The fastest mode of transport is
A. air B. railway
C. highway D. none of the above

पपपपपप पपप पपपप पपपप


पपपपपप प,पपपपपपपप
g]kfnOl~hlgol/Ë;]jf, l;len ;d'x
k|fljlwstk{m Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf, l;len ;d"x,Sub–Overseer jf ;f] ;/x kbsf] k|ltof]lutfTds
lnlvt gd\'gf kl/Iff
Key (D)
;do M $% laifoM Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf ;DjGwL k"0f{ÍM– !))

pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zg kqsf] Keyclgjfo{ pNn]v ug'{kg]{5. pNn]v gu/]df pQ/ k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5. ;fy}
k/LIffdf Calculator,Mobile k|of]u ug{ kfOg] 5}g.
a:t'ut ax'pQ/ -%)×@cÍ_M–!))

1. Great accuracy in linear measurements, is obtained by


QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
A. tacheometry B. direct chaining
C. direct taping D. all of the above
2. Planimeter is used for measuring
A. volume B. area
C. slope D. all of above
3. Sensitiveness of a level tube is designated by
A. radius of the level tube B. length of level tube
C. length of bubble of level tube D. none of the above
4. A first temporary adjustment of a prismatic compass
A. levelling B. focusing the prism
C. Removing the parallax D. centering
5. In which of the following direction, the strength of timber is maximum ?
A. parallel to the grains B. 45 degree to grains
C. perpendicular to grains D. same in all direction
6. Which of the following cements contains maximum percentage of dicalcium silicates
A. Ordinary Portland Cement B. Rapid Hardening cement
C. Low heat cement D. Portland pozzlona cement
7. Paints with white lead base are suitable for painting of
A. wood works B. iron works
C. both of above D. None of above
8. In paints pigment is added for
A. Shilling surface B. Colour
C. Smoothening the surface D. Easy drying
9. For which of the following materials, the poisson's ratio is excepted to the least
A. steel B. concrete
B. mild steel D. copper
10. A reinforced concrete beam is considered as made of
A. Homogeneous materials B. Hetrogeneous materials
C. composite materials D. Isotropic materials
11. Inclined load generally causes ?
A. thrust of the beam B. Twisting of the beam
C. point of contraflexure D. all of the above
12. Section modulus of circular sction is
A. πD4/64 B. πD4/32
C. πD3/32 D. πD3 /64
13. The mass per unit volume of a liquid at a standard temperature and pressure is called
A. specific weight B. mass density
C. specific gravity D. none of these
14. The property of a liquid which offers resistance to the movement of one layer of liquid
over another adjacent layer of liquid, is called
A. surface tension B. compressibility
C. capillarity D. viscosity
15. The force per unit length is the unit of
A. surface tension B. compressibility
C. capillarity D. viscosity
16. Falling drops of water become spheres due to the property of
A. surface tension of water B. compressibility of water
C. capillarity of water D. viscosity of water
17. By an agriculturist, soil is defined as

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
A. the loose mantle at the surface of the earth which favours the growth of plant
B. a natural aggregate of mineral grains, loose or moderately cohesive, inorganic or organic
in nature
C. a disintegrated rock
D. none of the above
18. The ratio of the volume of voids to the volume of the given soil solids mass, is known
A.porosity B.specific gravity
C.void ratio D.water content.
19. Soils are derived from
A. igneous rocks B. sedimentary rocks
C. metamorphic rocks D. any one of these
20. A fine grained soil
A. has low permeability B. has high compressibility
C. may or may not be plastic D. all of these
21. Steel is effectively used in
A. Under reinforced section B. Over reinforced section
C. Balance section D. All of the above
22. The maximum are of tension reinforcement in beams shall not exceeds...
A. 0.15 % B. 1.5 %
C. 4 % D. 1%
23. The minimum number of main steel bars provided in R.C.C
A. Rectangular column is 4
B. Circular column is 6
C. Octagonal column is 8
D. All of the above
24. The diameter of longitudinal bars of column should never be less than
A. 6 mm B. 8 mm
C. 12 mm D. 16 mm
25. Raft foundation are generally preferred to when the area required for individual
footing, is more than
A.25% to total area B.30% of total area
C.40% to total area D.50% of total area.
26. The minimum load which will cause failure of a foundation is called
A. ultimate tensile strength B. nominal strength
C. ultimate bearing power D. ultimate compressive strength
27. The maximum bearing capacity of soil is that of
A. hard rocks B. black cotton soil
C. dry, coarse sandy soil D. fine sandy soil
28. When the walls are subjected to heavy loading and the bearing capacity of the soil is very
low, then the wall is constructed on
A. reinforced concrete footing B. column
footing
C. lean concrete footing D. lean concrete footing
29. Hard water for public water supply is discarded because
A. It consumes more soap B. It contains pathogenic bacteria
C. It contains lot of turbidity D. It possess bad test and colour
30. Disinfection of drinking water, is done to remove
A. Odour B. Bacteria
C. Virus D. Hardness
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
31. Surface water is obtained from
A. Well B. Spring
C. Artesian well D. Rain
32. Mostly used coagulant is,
A. Alum B. Chlorine
C. Lime D. Bleaching powder
33. Sandy soils with good drainage become impermeable after prolonged use, if it is irrigated with
a water containing
A. 25% B. 50%
C. 75% D. 85%
34. The amount of water required to fill up the pore spaces in soil particles by replacing all
air held in pore spaces, is known as
A. field capacity B. saturation capacity
C. available moisture D. all of these
35. Available moisture may be defined as the
A. moisture content at permanent wilting point
B. difference in water content of the soil between field capacity and permanent wilting
C. maximum moisture holding capacity
D. all of these
36. The field capacity of a soil depends upon
A. capillary tension in soil B. porosity of soil
C. either (a) or (b) D. both (a) and (b)
37. The term used for major or important roads of a country is
A. country road B. urban road
C. highway D. none of these
38. The portion of a road surface, which is used by vehicular traffic, is known as
A. carriage-way B. shoulder
C. express way D. all of these
39. According to Telford
A. the size of stone at the centre varied from 160 mm to 200 mm and gradually decreased to
75 mm to 125 mm towards the haunches
B. the central 6 metre width of the road was covered with two layers of stones about 100 mm
and 50 mm respectively
C. the size of stone used was of 63 mm diameter
D. all of the above
40. The camber, for the drainage of surface water, was first introduced by
A. Telford B. Tresaguet
C. Sully D. Macadam
41. The order of booking dimensions is
A. Length, breadth, height B. Breadth, length, height
C. Height, breadth, length D. None of these.
42. Pick up the correct statement from the following:
A. The bent up bars at a support resist the negative bending moment
B. The bent up bars at a support resist the sharing force
C. The bending of bars near supports is generally at 45°
D. All the above
43. The height of the sink of wash basin above floor level is kept
A. 60 cm B. 70 cm
C. 75 cm to 80 cm D. 80 cm

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
44. While preparing a detailed estimate
A. Dimension should be measured correct to 0.01 m
B. Area should be measured correct to 0.01 sqm
C. Volume should be measured correct to O.Olcum
D. All the above
45. Total projects time is the
A. sum of duration of all activities
B. sum of duration of non-critical activities
C. sum of duration of critical activities
D. none of the above
46. Airport construction are termed as
A. Light construction B. heavy construction
C. industrial construction D. none of the above
47. Final technical authority of a project lies with
A. Assistant Engineers
B. Executive Engineer
C. Superintending Engineer
D. Chief Engineer
48. The performance of a specific task in CPM, is known
A. Dummy B. Event
C. Activity D. Contract
49. For the proposed runway stated in if the aerodrome reference temperature is 17°.2, the
net designed length of the runway is
A. 2716 m B. 2816 m
C. 2916 m D. 3016 m
50. Pick up the correct statement from the following
A. Landing speed is directly proportional to the wing loading
B. Wing loading remaining constant, the take off distance is directly proportional to the
powder loading
C. Neither (a) nor (b)
D. Both (a) and (b)

<<<The End>>>
pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zgkqsf] Keyclgjfo{ ?kn] pNn]v ug'{kg{5 .
pNn]v gu/]sf] pQ/k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5 .

For Answers & Result join fb group:


Engineering loksewa tayari sub-overseer-civil
पपपपपप पपप पपपप पपपप
पपपपपप प,पपपपपपपप
g]kfnOl~hlgol/Ë;]jf, l;len ;d'x
k|fljlwstk{m Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf, l;len ;d"x,Sub–Overseer jf ;f] ;/x kbsf] k|ltof]lutfTds
lnlvt gd\'gf kl/Iff
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
Key (A)
;do M $% laifoM Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf ;DjGwL k"0f{ÍM– !))

pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zg kqsf] Keyclgjfo{ pNn]v ug'{kg]{5. pNn]v gu/]df pQ/ k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5. ;fy}
k/LIffdf Calculator,Mobile k|of]u ug{ kfOg] 5}g.
a:t'ut ax'pQ/ -%)×@cÍ_M–!))

1. Hatching line is a line which makes an angle of 25 degree with


A. horizontal B. vertical
C. main line of the section D. all of the above
2. The main purpose of leader line is
A. show dimension B. to connect a note with the features
C. to show beauty D. to show hatch
3. The main purpose of working drawing is :
A. to facilities the construction at site
B. to prepare the bill of quantities and detailed estimate
C. to record the design implementation
D. all of the above
4. The isometric axis are inclined at ………..degree to each other
A. 30 degree B. 60 degree
C. 90 degree D. 120 degree
5. Oblique projection means
A. 90 degree B. 60 degree
C. 45 degree D. 39 degree
6. The paper size of A3 is
A. 297x420 mm B. 210x297 mm
C. 297x210 mm D. any of the above
7. The type of survey used to fixed property line is
A. topographical survey B. cadastral survey
C. city survey D. astronomical survey
8. The chain length which is not standard metric chain length is
A. 10 m B. 20 m
C. 25 m D. 30 m
9. A discrepancy is the difference between
A. true value and error
B. two measured value of the same quantity
B. measured value and actual value
D. none of the above
10. Handles of chain are made of
A. brass B. nickel
C. copper D. steel
11. The smaller angle which a survey line makes with the true meridian is known as
A. altitude B. azimuth
C. declination D. dip

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
12. Local attraction at a place may be due to
A. key bunches B. steel buttons
C. current carrying base wires D. electrical storm
13 The number of standard modular brick required to make 1 m3 of masonry (as
per IS code) is
A. 480 B. 500
C. 520 D. 540
14. No deductions is made in the masonry for the opening if the area of the opening
does not exceed
A. 0.5 m2 B. 0.25 m2
C. 0.15 m2 D. 0.10 m2
15. The building materials brick
A. absorb more heat than stone B. absorb less heat than stone
C. absorb equal heat as the stone D. may be less or more
16. If valuable properties are found during excavation, it becomes the property of
A. contractor B. owner of the site
C. government D. labourers
17. The volume of sand in a normal truck can carry per trip is approximately
A. 20-25m3 B. 15-20 m3
C. 10-15m3 D. 3-5m3
18. The thickness of slab and beams must be measured to the nearest
A. 0.001 m B. 0.005 m
C. 0.01 m D. 0.05 m
19. compared to the ordinary Portland cement, the ultimate strength of the
pozzolana Portland cement is
A. less B. more
C. sometimes more sometimes less D. very much less
20. Loss of ignition in cement should not exceed
A. 1 % B. 4 %
C. 8 % D. 10 %
21. The volume of one bag cement weighing 50 kg is
A. 0.05 m3 B. 0.0347 m3
C. 0.025 m3 D. 0.04 m3
22. Storage of cement should be done in
A. wet platform B. dry platform
C. brick soling D .the ground
23. Strength of cement with storage
A. increase B. decrease
C. same D. difficult to tell
24. The fineness of cement is tested by :
A. air permeability method
B. le-chatelier method
C. Vicat's apparatus
D. all of the above
25. The floor height of 3 meter building is constructed 17 numbers of trade/going,
the number of riser is :
A. 16 B. 18
C. 15 D. 17
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
26. Carpet area of building does not include the area of :
A. the wall along with doors and other opening
B. verandah, corridor and passage
C. bathroom and lavartory kitchen and pantry
D. all of the above
27. The functions of cleats in roof truss is
A. support purlins B. supports common rafters
C. prevent purlin from tilting D. all of the above
28. The height of parapet wall is generally kept
A. 60 cm B. 75 cm
C. 90 cm D. 105 cm
29. Cantilever part of a stair tread is
A. nosing B. soffit
C. riser D. bead
30. Unit weight of brick wall in cement mortar
A. 15 KN/M3 B. 22 KN/M3
C. 19 KN/M3 D. 25KN/M3
31. The layer put in building wall to protect decay of the materials which come in
contact called
A. foundation tie
B. Damp Proof Course
C. sill band
D. lintel band
32. The load assumed concentrated at a point is called
A. point load B. uniformly distributed load
C. uniformly varying load D. couple load
33. Full form of SI unit is
A. System International Unit
B. Standard Indian Unit
C. Standard International Unit
D. System Indian Unit
34. Two sewer section laid at same grade, will be hydraulically equivalent, if
A. Their discharge capacity when running full are equal
B. Their flow velocity when running full are equal
C. Their flowing area running full are equal
D. All the above factors are equal
35. Widely used pipe for rural water supply in Nepal is ..
A. HDP Pipes B. G.I pipes
C. PVC pipes D. C.I pipes
36. If the source of water is at an elevation than the service area, the water supply system is
called
A. pumping system B. Gravity System
C. Intermittent System D. Continuous system
37. A deep and big depression on a road is called
A. pot holes B. longitudinal rut
C. cross rut D. crack
38. Road furniture means
A. information board B. warning sign

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
C. informatory sign D. all of the above
39. Bitumen is generally obtained from
A. organic materials B. synthetic materials
C. petroleum product D. coal
40. Lime concrete lining is used
A. When velocity flow is below 2 m/s
B.in irrigation channels with capacities upto 200 cumecs
C. where economy is required
D. all of the above
40. The primary colours are
A. white, red and black B. purple, blue and pink
C. black ,white and red D. red, green and blue
41. Culvert is most in
A. Valley B. summit
C. inner bend of curve D. outer bend of curve
43. First structures in the irrigation work is
A. Head works B. de sanding basin
C. main canal D. gravel trap
44. The length of engineering chain should be
A. 20 m B. 30 m
C. 60 m D. 100 ft
45. In PERT technique, completion of an activity is called
A. head activity B.head event
C. tail event D.tail activity
46. King closer are related to
A. king post truss
B. queen post truss
C. Brick masonry
D. doors and windows
47. Residential building are termed as
A. Light construction B. heavy construction
C. industrial construction D. none of the above
48. Tender document does not contain
A. tender form B. BOQ
C. amount of earnest money D. unit rate
49. The course aggregate retained on sieve of :
A. 4.75 mm B. 12 mm
C. 14 mm D. 29 mm
50. The colour of earthing wires
A. red B. yellow
C. blue D. green

<<<The End>>>
pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zgkqsf] Keyclgjfo{ ?kn] pNn]v ug'{kg{5 .
pNn]v gu/]sf] pQ/k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5 .
QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366
NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU

For Answers & Result join fb group:


Engineering loksewa tayari sub-overseer-civil

Soil Mechanics
Civil sub-Engineering /Asst. Sub-Engineer
QN1. Inventor of the term soil mechanics is….
a) Kray b) Dr Karl Terzaghi
c) Leyque d) Rankine
QN2.Geological Cycle for the formation of soil is……
a) UpheavalDepositionTransportation weathering
b) Transportationdepositionweatheringupheaval
c) WeatheringTransportationDepositionUpheaval
d) WeatheringupheavalDepositionTransportation
e) QN2Geological Cycle for the formation of soil is……
QN3. The Coefficient of earth Pressure for loose sand having the angle of internal friction
of 30® is..
a) 0.5 b) 1/3 c)3 d)1

QN 4. Darcy’s Law relates the laminar flow in a saturated soil mass to:
a) Time b)Hydraulic Gradient c) Radius of flow d)Soil Property

QN 5) Black cotton soil is unsuitable for the foundation because….


a) Swelling & Shrinkage Nature
b) Black colour
c) Low bearing capacity
d) Cohesive Particle
QN 6) If H is the depth of water retained by a vertical wall,the height of center of
pressure above bottom is…
a) H/5 b)H/2 c) H/3 d)2H/3
QN 7) maximum size of clay particle.

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
a) 0.002 b) 0.04 c) 0.06 d) 1mm
QN 8) Cohesionless soil is ;
a)Sand b) Silt c) Clay d) Clay and Silt
QN 9) Sp. Gravity of sandy soil is ;
a) <1.5 b) <2.0 c) >2.0 d) >2.5
QN 10) Density of soil can be increased by ;
a) By reducing the air void
b) By elastic compression of soil grain
c) By expelling the water from soil pore
d) All of above

QN 11) Saturation Soil is concerned with ;


a) Two phase system
b) One phase System
c) Three phase System
d) All of above
QN 12) Void ratio e, can be ;
a) >1 b) <1 c) >0.5 d) All
QN 13) Accurate determination of water content is made by ;
a) Calcium carbide method b) Sand bath method
C) Alcohol method d) Oren dried method
QN 14) Direction of seepage is ;
a) Parallel to equipotential line
b) Perpendicular to equipotential line
c) Perpendicular to stream line
d) None of above
QN 15) If Nf, Nd and H are total flow channel, total number of potential drop and total
hydraulic head difference respectively the discharge or through the complete flow is
given by ;

a) q = √𝑯 Nf/Nd b)q = KH Nd/Nf

C) q = KH Nf/Nd d) q = KH√ 𝑵𝒇/𝑵𝒅

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
QN 16) A dam is ;
a) 1 - D str b) 2-D str
C) 3 –D str d) Non of the above
QN 17) Standard proctor test is used to determining the ;
a) Optimum Moisture content (OMC)
b) Void Ratio
c) Pavement thickness
d) None
QN 18) Compaction of soil is aim at ;
a) Decreasing day density b) Increasing porosity
C) Decreasing Void Ratio d) Decreasing the shear Strength
QN 19) Compaction is done to remove…….from soil
a) Water b) Air c) Soil d) All of above
QN 20) Process Of compaction process may involve ;
a) Rolling b) Tamping c) Vibration d) Any of the above
QN 21) Type Of Compaction for Congested area for all type of soil ;
a) Roller b) Vibrator c) Rammer d) None
QN 22) Compression resulting from long term static load and resulting expulsion of
water is known as ;
a) Compaction b) Inverse soiling c) Consolidation d) None
QN 23) When the static load is applied consolidation is fast case of ;
a) Days b) Silty Clay d) Sandy Silts d) sand
QN 24) The wall constructed to resist the horizontal pressure is ;
a) Main wall b) Partition wall c) Retaining wall d) all

QN 25) Most of the shear test are done in equipment which are ;
a) stress controlled b) Strain Controlled c) Drainage Controlled d) All

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
QN 26) Minimum Number of Piles needed to support a column ;
a) 1 b)2 c) 3 d) 4
QN 27) Bearing capacity of soil primarily depends upon ;
a) Air void b) Water content c) Chemical d) rate of loading
QN 28) The Ultimate bearing capacity of frictionless soils is ;
a) 4.5c to 6c b) 2c to 4c c) c to 3c d) 2c to 5c
QN 29) Contribution due to skin friction is maximum in ;
a) Sands b) Soft Clays c) Piles resting on rock d) none
QN 30) The angle of Internal Friction depends upon
a) Particle shape and roughness
b) Normal Direct Pressure
c) The amount of interlocking
d) All of the above

1=b 2=c 3=b 4=b 5 =c

6=c 7=a 8=a 9=d 10 = d

11 = a 12 = d 13 = d 14 = b 15 = c

16 = c 17 = a 18 = c 19 = b 20 = d

21 -= c 22 =c 23 = d 24 = c 25 =c

26 = c 27 = b 28 = a 29 = a 30 = d

MCQ question set-1

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
1 Minimum compressive strength of first class brick should be ;

a) 75 kg per cm² b) 90 kg per cm2 c) 105 kg per cm2 d) 120 kg per cm2

2 The main ingredient of good quality brick earth is ;

a)Magnesia b) Lime c) Silica d) Alumina

3 With the storage strength of cement ;

a) Increases b) Decreases c) Remains the same d) Non of this

4 The most common use of retarder in cement is ;

a) Gypsum b) Calcium cloride c) Calcium carbonate d) None

5 Seasoning of timber ;

a) Increase the weight of timber b) Improve the strength properties of timber c) Does not give
the dimensional stability d) All

6 The age of the tree can be known from ;

a) Cambium layer b) Annular rings c) Medullary rays d) Heart wood

7 In one day height of brick masonry construction generally not exceed ;

a) 1m. B) 1.5m c) 2.5m d) 3m.

8 Soil is derived from the ;

a) Igneous rocks b) sedimentary rock c) Metamorphic rock d) All of these

9 Maximum height of placing the concrete ;

a) 1.75m b) 1.5m c) 2m. D) 1m.

10 Air entrainment in the concrete increases ;

a) Workability b) Strength c) The effect of temperature variation d) The unit weight

11 The strength of cement ;

a) Increases with time b) Decreases with time c) Remains the same d) Non of these

12 The maximum distance between expansion joints in structure as per IS : 456-1978 ;

a) 20m. b) 30m. c) 45m. d) 60m.

13 What happens after adding the water to cement ?

a) Heat is generated b) Chemical reaction starts c) Heat is absorbed d) All

14 For the medium strength concrete water cement ratio should not be less than ;

a) 0.55 b) 0.4 c) 0.45 d) 0.5

15 Aggregate should be ;

a) Hard,clean and well graded b) Proper shape and size c) Chemically inert d) All

16 Slump test of concrete is carried out to measure ;

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
a) Consistency b) Mobility c) Homogeneity d) Compaction under gravitational force

17 The measurement of steal grills is taken in term of ;

a) Volume b) Weight c) Area c) None

18 Working out the exact quantity of various item of work is known as ;

a) Estimating b) Mensuration c) Quantity surveying d) Valuation

19 The plinth area of the building exclude;

a)area of the walls at the floor level b) Area of the stair cover c) Lift and walls including
landing d) Area of cantilever porch

20 Damp proof course (DPC) is measured in ;

a) Cum b) Sq m. c) m. d) none

21 Volume is measured correct to the nearest ;

a) 0.01 cum. B) 0.02 cum. C) 0.03 cum. D) 0.04 Cum.

22 The volume of one bag cement is ;

a) 0.045m3 b) 0.0165m3 c) 0.067m3 d) 0.033m3

23 The center line method is adopted for the estimating ;

a) Hexagonal building b) Circular building c) Geometrical shaped building


d) All

24 The running bill also known as the ;

a) Final bill b) Interim bill c) Both d) None

Answer

1c 2c 3b 4a 5b 6b

7a 8d 9d 10a 11b 12c

13a 14b 15d 16a 17b 18c

19d 20b 21a 22d 23d 24b

पपपपपप पपप पपपप पपपप


पपपपपप प,पपपपपपपप
g]kfnOl~hlgol/Ë;]jf, l;len ;d'x
k|fljlwstk{m Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf, l;len ;d"x,Sub–Overseer jf ;f] ;/x kbsf] k|ltof]lutfTds
lnlvt gd\'gf kl/Iff
Key (D)

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
;do M $% laifoM Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf ;DjGwL k"0f{ÍM– !))

pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zg kqsf] Keyclgjfo{ pNn]v ug'{kg]{5. pNn]v gu/]df pQ/ k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5. ;fy}
k/LIffdf Calculator,Mobile k|of]u ug{ kfOg] 5}g.
a:t'ut ax'pQ/ -%)×@cÍ_M–!))

1.Engineering Drawing (6*2=12marks)


1. The aspect ratio of the letter is
a.0.5 b.2 c.1 d.1.5

2. Which of the following symbol represent Section of the Brickwork in engineering


drawing ?

A) (Section)

B)

C) (Elevation)

D) None of above Ans= (A)

3. Pencil used for drawing very light lines (Projection lines) the pencil preferred is?
a.H b.2H
c.B d.HB
4. The size of the Title Block is generally?
a.420*65mm b.185*65mm
c.297*65mm d.185*50mm
5. Topographic map is used to represent:
a.Artificial details b.Natural details
c.Construction details d.All of above
6. The proportion by which actual size of an object is enlarged or reduced in drawing is
simply known as:
a.Multiplication factor b.Scale
c.Reduction factor d.None of above

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
7. The unit of measurement/payment for scaffolding is?
a.m, b.m^2,
c.m^3, d.lump sum
8. Measurement of soling work is done in?
a.Running metre, b.m^2,
c.m^3, d.kilogram
9. In analysis of rates, the profit and overhead for the contractor is generally taken as:
a.20% b.15%
c.10% d.5%
10. The weight of 10 mm diameter mild steel rod per metre length is :
a.0.22kg b.0.32kg
c.0.42kg d.0.62kg (diameter^2/161)
11. The plan of the building is in the form of rectangle with centerline dimension of outer
walls as 9.7m*14.7m. The thickness of wall in the superstructure is 0.3m. Then its
Plinth area is
a.150m^2 ((9.7+0.3)*(14.7+0.3)) b.145m^2
c.145.5m^2 d.135.36m^2
12. Revised estimate is prepared when the sanctioned original detailed estimate exceeds
by?
a.5% b.10%
c.15% d.20%
13. Discrepancy is the difference between?
a.True value and error
b.Measured value and actual value
c.Two measured values of the same quantity
d.None of above
14. In cities, for planning, plotting the details as well as property lines, the map used is?
a.Topographical map b.Cadastral map
c.Land use map d.none of above
15. The important points selected at the ends of chain lines to command the boundaries of
the survey are known as:
a.Main station b.Subsidiary station
c.Tie station d.none of above
16. The WCB of line is 33842’, then quadrantal bearing is:
a.N2118’W b.S2118’E
c.W2118’N d.none of above
17. RL of BM is 500m. Back sight reading at BM is 2m. Fore sight at station A is 3m. Then RL
of station A is?
a.503m b.502m
c.499m d.500m
18. The difference between sum of the measured angles and the theoretical sum of the
angles in a closed traverse using theodolite is called:
a.Angular closing error b.Closing error in bearing
c.Relative closing error d.all of above
19. The crushing strength for most of the building stones should be more than?
a.500 b.1000
c.1500 d.2000kg/cm^2
20. The crushing strength of 1st class brick should be more than?

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
a.25 b.70
c.105 d.140kg/cm^2
21. The volume of 1 bag of cement weighing 50kg is ?
a.0.05 b.0.0347
c.0.025 d.0.04m^3
22. Invar is the alloy of
a.Chromium and Nickel(18% & 8%)
b.Copper and Nickel(8% &18%)
c.Steel and Nickel(64% &36%)
d.Steel and Nickel(34% & 66%)
23. The oily liquid in which base and pigment are dissolved to form a paint is?
a.Thinner b.Filler
c.Vehicle d.none of above
24. Cyclopean aggregate has size more than?
a.50mm b.60mm
c.75mm d.80mm
25. Tiles made of small pieces of broken tiles of china glazed or marble, cemented in
different patterns is called?
a.Vinyl b.Mosiac
c.Terracotta D.none of above
26. Cement mortar mix genereally used for ceiling plaster is ?
a.1:3 b.1:4
c.1:4 d.1:6
27. When water: cement ratio is increased, the workability of concrete mix?
a.Increases b.Remains constant
c.Decreases d.None of above
28. A concrete mix with Cement: sand: aggregate in the ratio of 1:2:4 gives strength
of…………. after 28 days?
a.150 b.200
c.250 d.300kg/cm^2
29. The aggregate mix in which certain size particles are entirely absent is called ?
a.Well graded b.Gap graded
c.Bulk graded d.None of above
30. To prevent segregation, maximum vertical height for placing the concrete is?
a.100 b.125
c.150 d.200cm
31. For storing cement bags, the space between exterior walls and the cement bag piles is
generally:
a.30cm b.90cm
c.150cm d.180cm
32. Bar/gnat chart is drawn for
a.Time versus activity
b.Activity vs activity
c.Resources vs progress
d.None of above
33. The type of format in which the records of labours are kept on daily basis is called?
a.Muster roll (dor hajir) b.Attendance register
c.Identity card d.voucher

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
34. EPC stands for
a.Engineering Progress Concern
b.Epoxy Protective Concrete
c.Engineering Procurement Construction
d.None of above
35. Yellow color strips of HDPE(High Density Polyethylene) Pipe means the working
pressure of pipe is :
a.2.5kg/cm^2 b.4kg/cm^2
c.6kg/cm^2 d.10kg/cm^2
36. The detention time for septic tank is in the range of
a.6-12 hrs b.1-3 days (generally 1 day)
c.3-5 days d.1 week
37. The useful life of Cast Iron pipes used for water supply is generally?
a.20 years b.50yeras
c.75 Years d.100 Year
38. The designation/naming of Mahendra highway as per NRS is
a.H01 b.H02
c.H03 d.H04
39. Regulatory/Mandatory traffic signs are generally in the form of :
a.Circular disc shape (No parking, speed 70kmph) b.Traingular shape
c.Rectangular shape d.None of above
40. Minimum longitudinal slope of road side drains as per NRS is ?
a.0.5% b.1%
c.1.5% d.2%
41. As per NRS, administrative classification of roads includes?
a.National highways, Feeder roads, District roads, Urban Roads
b.Class I, Class II, Class III, Class IV roads
c.Expressways, Arterial roads, Collector roads, Local Roads
d.None of above
42. The type of irrigation suitable specially for orchard trees is?
a.Free flooding b.Basin Flooding
c.Sprinkler irrigation d.None of above
43. Pick up the correct sequence of components of canal irrigation system:
a.Head works; Distributary; Branch Canals; Minor canals
b.Head works; main canal; Brach canal; Distributary and minor
c.Head works; main canal; Brach canal; minor and Distributary
d.None of above
44. Which of the following is used for river training?
a.Guide bank b.Spurs
c.Dykes or leeves d.all of above
45. Water demand for Hospitals is ?
a.500 litres/bed /day b.1000 litres/bed /day
c.1500 litres/bed /day d.2000 litres/bed /day
(for health centres=without bed =2500litres/day)
46. ……….is provided in the water supply scheme; if the working pressure limits of pipes,
joints and fittings are exceeded?
a.Break pressure chamber b.Fire Hydrants
c.Stop cocks d.Gate Valves

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
47. Pot hole Patching of roads falls under ?
a.Recurrent maintenance
b.Routine Maintenance
c.Emergency maintenance
d.None of above

पपपपपप पपप पपपप पपपप


पपपपपप प,पपपपपपपप
g]kfnOl~hlgol/Ë;]jf, l;len ;d'x
k|fljlwstk{m Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf, l;len ;d"x,Sub–Overseer jf ;f] ;/x kbsf] k|ltof]lutfTds
lnlvt gd\'gf kl/Iff
Key (C)
;do M $% laifoM Ol~hlgol/Ë ;]jf ;DjGwL k"0f{ÍM– !))

pQ/k'l:tsfdf k|Zg kqsf] Keyclgjfo{ pNn]v ug'{kg]{5. pNn]v gu/]df pQ/ k'l:tsf /2 x'g]5. ;fy}
k/LIffdf Calculator,Mobile k|of]u ug{ kfOg] 5}g.
a:t'ut ax'pQ/ -%)×@cÍ_M–!))

1. The irrigation engineering may be defined as


A. the process of artificially supplying water B. a science of planning and designing an

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
to soil for raising crops efficient and economic irrigation system

the engineering of controlling and


harnessing the various natural sources of
C. water, by the construction of dams, canals D. all of the above
and finally distributing the water to the
agricultural fields

Answer: Option D
2. The irrigation is necessary in an area
A. where there is a scanty rainfall B. where the rainfall is non-uniform

where commercial crops require more


C. D. all of the above
water

Answer: Option D
3. For irrigation purposes, the p-H value of water should be
A. between 3 and 6 B. between 6 and 8.5

C. between 8.5 and 11 D. more than 11

Answer: Option B
4. Which of the salt present in water is harmful for cultivation purposes?
A. Sodium carbonate B. Potassium sulphate

C. Calcium sulphate D. none of these

Answer: Option D

5. When an oven-dried sample of soil is kept open in the atmosphere, it absorbs some amount of water.
This water is known as
A. capillary water B. gravitational water

C. hygroscopic water D. all of these

Answer: Option C
6. A part of water which exists in the porous space of the soil by molecular attraction, is known as
A. capillary water B. gravitational water

C. hygroscopic water D. all of these

Answer: Option A
7. A part of water which will move out of the soil, if proper drainage is provided, is known as gravitational
water.

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
A. True B. False

Answer: Option A
8. Super-fluous water is also called
A. capillary water B. gravitational water

C. hygroscopic water D. all of these

Answer: Option B
9. Irrigation is supplementary to rainfall.
A. Agree B. Disagree

Answer: Option A
10. A useful soil moisture for plant growth is
A. capillary water B. gravitational water

C. hygroscopic water D. all of these

Answer: Option A

11. The amount of water required to fill up the pore spaces in soil particles by replacing all air held in pore
spaces, is known as
A. field capacity B. saturation capacity

C. available moisture D. all of these

Answer: Option B
12. The moisture content of the soil, after free drainage has removed most of the gravity water, is known as
A. field capacity B. saturation capacity

C. wilting co-efficient D. available moisture

Answer: Option A

13. The water content at which plants can no-longer extract sufficient water from the soil for its growth, is
called
A. field capacity B. saturation capacity

C. permanent wilting point D. available moisture

Answer: Option C

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
14. Available moisture may be defined as the
difference in water content of the soil
moisture content at permanent wilting
A. B. between field capacity and permanent
point
wilting

C. maximum moisture holding capacity D. all of these

Answer: Option B

15. The field capacity of a soil depends upon


A. capillary tension in soil B. porosity of soil

C. either (a) or (b) D. both (a) and (b)

Answer: Option D

16. Capillary water is a useful soil moisture for the growth of plants.
A. Yes B. No

Answer: Option A

17. Which of the following statement is correct?


The hygroscopic water remains attached
A. The gravity water is harmful to the crops. B.
to the soil molecules by chemical bonds.

The capillary water is utilised by the


C. D. all of the above
plants.

Answer: Option C

18. The ratio between the area of a crop irrigated and the quantity of water required during its entire period
of the growth, is known as
A. delta B. duty

C. base period D. crop period

Answer: Option B

19. The total depth of water required by a crop during the entire period the crop is in the field, is known as
A. delta B. duty

C. base period D. crop period

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU

Answer: Option A

20. The duty is largest


A. at the head of the main canal B. at the head of the water course

C. on the field D. at all place

Answer: Option C

21. The time (in days) that crop takes from the instant of its sowing to that of its harvest, is known as
A. base B. crop

C. kor

Answer: Option B

22. The whole period of cultivation from the time when irrigation water is first supplied for preparation of
the ground to its last watering before harvesting, is called
A. base period B. crop period

C. kor period D. none of these

Answer: Option A

23. Crop ratio is the ratio of area irrigated


A. in Rabi season to Kharif season B. in Kharif season to Rabi season

under perennial crop to non-perennial


C. under perennial crop to total crop D.
crop

Answer: Option B
24. The duty of irrigation water will be less if
A. area irrigated is more B. water supply required is less

C. water supply required is more D. none of these

Answer: Option C

25. The area in which crop is grown at a particular time or crop season, is called
A. gross commanded area B. culturable commanded area

C. culturable uncultivated area D. none of these

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU

Answer: Option B

26. The first watering before sowing the crop, is known as


A. kor watering B. paleo

C. delta D. none of these

Answer: Option B

27. The first watering, when the crop has grown a few centimetres, is called paleo.
A. Agree B. Disagree

Answer: Option B

28. The crops require maximum water during


A. first watering before sowing the crops B. last watering before harvesting

first watering when the crop has grown a


C. D. all of the above
few centimetres

Answer: Option C

29. The maximum depth in soil strata, in which the crop spreads its root system, and derives water from the
soil, is called
A. kot depth B. root zone depth

C. delta D. overlap allowance

Answer: Option B

30. The depth of root zone is 90 cm for


A. wheat B. sugar cane

C. rice D. cotton

Answer: Option C
CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY
1. The strength and durability of concrete depends upon
A. size of aggregates B. grading of aggregates

C. moisture contents of aggregates D. all of these


Answer: Option D
2. The breaking up of cohesion in a mass of concrete is called

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
A. workability B. bleeding

C. segregation D. creep
Answer: Option C

3. The workability of concrete is defined as the


ease with which it can be mixed,
breaking up of cohesion in a mass of
A. transported and placed in position in a B.
concrete
homogeneous state

separation of water or water-cement


C. mixture from the freshly mixed D. none of the above
concrete
Answer: Option A
4. The separation of water or water-cement mixture from the freshly mixed concrete is known as
bleeding.
A. True B. False
Answer: Option A
5. The continuous strain, which the concrete undergoes due to application of external loads, is called
A. workability B. bleeding

C. segregation D. creep
Answer: Option D

6. Segregation in concrete results in


A. honey combing B. porous layers

C. surface scaling D. all of these


Answer: Option D
7. Harshness in concrete is due to the excess of
A. water B. finer particles

C. middle sized particle D. coarser particles


Answer: Option C

8. In lime concrete, lime is used as


A. coarse aggregate B. fine aggregate

C. binding material D. admixture


Answer: Option C
9. The type of lime used in lime concrete is
A. fat lime B. poor lime

C. slaked lime D. hydraulic lime


Answer: Option D
10. A good concrete should have minimum thermal expansion.

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU
A. Yes B. No
Answer: Option A
11. Reinforced cement concrete is equally strong in taking
A. tensile and compressive stresses B. compressive and shea

C. tensile, compressive and shear stresses D. tensile and shear stres


Answer: Option C

12. Plain cement concrete is strong in taking


A. tensile stress B. compressive stress

C. shear stress D. all of these


Answer: Option B
13. In flooring of building, prestressed cement concrete is commonly used.
A. Right B. Wrong
Answer: Option B
14. The cement concrete in which high compressive stresses are artificially induced before its actual use, is
called
A. plain cement concrete B. reinforced cement concrete

C. prestressed cement concrete D. lime concrete


Answer: Option C

15. The prestressed cement concrete can take up high tensile and compressive stresses without
development of cracks.
A. Correct B. Incorrect
Answer: Option A

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366


NIMS SUB ENGINEER & ASST. SUB ENGINEER MCQS 9851198366-JEEVAN LIMBU

QUESTION PREPARED BY KHEM RAJ SIJHAPATI –NIMS 9851198366

You might also like